Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 154

Cl/SfB

Xt6 October 2007

Product Catalogue

The Technical Department oers a variety of services to speciers, distributors and users of Rawl Fixings products.

Technical Advice
Fixing specialists will offer immediate advice and recommendations over the telephone.

Field Engineers
Are available to offer fixing advice at your office or on site.

Site Testing
Rawl Fixings engineers will conduct site testing to ensure the appropriate xing is specied and used. A detailed report is provided with recommendations.

Technical (CPD) Seminars


We will be pleased to provide technical seminars, to ensure personnel involved in the specication and selection of structural anchors are up-to-date with developments and standards.

Contractor Training
Rawl Fixings engineers will be pleased to carry out practical training for contractors to ensure anchors are installed correctly.

Technical Calculation Software


An innovative calculation CD ROM from Rawl Fixings. Allows calculations and product selections to be made in concrete. Includes both mechanical and chemical anchor solutions. For your free CD, please e-mail Rawl Fixings at technical@rawlplug.co.uk
2 Technical Advisory Service Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

INTRODUCTION

LIGHT FIXINGS

Company Pro le Rawl Approvals Technical Information Rawl Calculations Product Selector SafetyPlus Loose Bolt SafetyPlus Bolt Projecting SafetyPlus Limited Embedment SafetyPlus Countersunk Socket Anchor Rawl R-HPT Throughbolt Rawl R-SPT Throughbolt Brass Anchors R-DCA Wedge Anchor R-DCL Lipped Wedge Anchor Rawlbolt Loose Bolt Rawlbolt Bolt Projecting Rawlbolt Eye Bolt Rawlok Bolt Projecting Rawlok Loose Bolt R-CAS Rawl Capsule R-HAC Rawl Capsule CFS RV200 CFS RM50 CFS RP30 R-KEX R-KEA R-KEM+ R-KF2/KSF Bonded Anchor Accessories Threaded Rods / Nuts / Washers UNO Universal Plug FIX Expansion Plug Stair-Tread Fixings Door Stops Ball Shaped Plastic Plugs Rawl-In-One Multi-Purpose Plug HDPE Plastic Plug Sanitary Fixings

Frame Fixings
Hammer Fixings PVCu Frame Fixing Metal Frame Fixing Concrete Frame Screws Rawl R-EXP Anchor Drywall Screws Self-Drilling / Decking Screws Metal Self Drill Nylon Self Drill

4 6 8 10 12 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68/69 70 72 74 75 76 78 79 80 82 84 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93

Interset Interset Setting Tools Spring Toggle Plsaterboard Plug Plastic Toggle Rawlnut Flexi-Plug Rawl TAP-IN Holebore Ceiling Hangers Metal Hammer Fixings Hangers Hangers / Direct Brackets Connectors Mesh Tapes Scaffolding Eyebolts Insulation Fixings Corner Beads Laths Wood Connectors Post Base Post Base / Accesories Shelf Brackets Latches & Hinges Window Screws Wafer Head Screws Chipboard Screws Masonry Nails Plug & Repair / Fix & Forget Plastic Wood / Floor Filler Liquid Fixing / Gripfast Cable Clips Drill Bits Selector Blue Flash Masonry Drill Impactor Masonry Drill SDS Plus Masonry Drill HSS Metal Bits Flat / Auger Wood Bits Hole Saw Electric Screwdriver Bit HEX Key Sets TORX Key Sets Circular Saw / Jigsaw Blades

94 95 96 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 112 113 114 122 124 125 128 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 148 149 150

HIGH PERFORMANCE ANCHORS

BONDED ANCHORS

TOOLS

LIGHT FIXINGS

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

COMPANY PROFILE
Heritage
For 88 years, the Rawlplug brand has been synonymous with innovation, reliability and safety in the development and manufacture of construction anchors and ancillary products. In 1919, John J. Rawlings, a London builder, developed and patented the first ever specialist wall fixing. His revolutionary Fibre Plug was the product from which the modern range of Rawlplug fixings was to develop. The company expanded dramatically and today it is one of the worlds leading fixing manufacturers with distribution on every continent. Innovation remains at the heart of Rawlplugs success, including significant developments of torque controlled anchors and bonded anchor systems for safety critical applications.

Product Approval
The proven quality and performance of Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings anchors is demonstrated by the numerous independent approvals that Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings products carry. In fact, in 1999, Rawlplug became the first UK manufacturer to obtain European approvals (ETA) for the R-HPT and R-SPT throughbolt range.

Other international approvals include:

Link - up

High Quality Manufacturing


Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings products are manufactured using some of the most advanced production facilities in the industry. Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings anchors are renowned for their consistent high quality and performance. The companys quality system is approved to BS EN ISO 9001: 2000 for design and manufacture. The company also places great emphasis on providing a safe working environment for its employees. 4 Technical Advisory Service Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

COMPANY PROFILE
Product Development & Testing Facilities
Achievement and maintenance of the numerous approvals is largely due to the extensive technical facility at Rawlplugs modern testing centre in Glasgow. Equipped with 3D solid modelling technology, finite element analysis systems and the latest testing equipment, Rawlplugs testing capability is amongst the best in the world.

Technical Support Service


Rawlplugs Technical Advisory Service offers free advice on the correct selection and installation of anchors to distributors, specifiers and users around the world. Staffed by qualified engineers with many years of experience, the technical support service provides: z 24 hour access: available by phone, fax and internet z Advice on anchor design and selection z Advice on usage & application, including contractor training z Recommendations on fixing solutions z On site testing (mainly UK) z Technical seminars z Distributor training

This service is supported by field engineers available to visit design offices and contractors at short notice. Technical literature, and a CD-Rom design disc is available to users, specifiers and distributors. Full up-to-date information on all Rawlplug activities is available on the Rawlplug website www.rawlplug.co.uk.

In addition, Rawlplug distributors are serviced by dedicated and experienced customer support teams. Each team can provide distributors and users with advice on:
z Product availability z Pricing and order placement z Order and despatch status z Literature z Quotations z Product samples

Worldwide Distribution Network


Fast, reliable availability of Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings products is guaranteed thanks to our extensive international network. Rawlplug has subsidiaries in Scandinavia, Ireland, France & UAE. Area sales managers cover all areas of the UK, Europe and the Middle East providing distributor support, site training and advice.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

RAWL APPROVALS
Background
October 1997 marked the first significant step in the development, selection and use of structural and safety critical anchor bolts. The European Commission adopted the first ever European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) for any construction product.

ETAG 001, Parts 1 and 3 Metal Anchors for use in Concrete

These parts of the ETAG cover torque controlled anchors such as Rawl R-HPT and Rawl R-SPT Throughbolts. Adoption of the ETAG 001 marked the first stage of harmonisation of product approval systems throughout Europe.

This harmonisation has been sought after by manufacturers, specifiers and end users for many years, allowing products to be compared on a like for like basis and the free passage of products within Europe.

ETAG 001, Part 4 Metal Anchors for use in Concrete

Adopted in December 1998, it covers deformation controlled anchors such as the Rawl Wedge Anchor (more commonly known as drop-in anchor).

Scope
ETAG 001 covers all structural and safety relevant applications where there is risk to human life or considerable economic consequence. It is extremely difficult to clearly identify the applications where approved products should be selected or which are covered by the scope of the ETAG.

Testing and Assessment


European Technical Approvals (ETAs) can only be awarded after satisfying the demanding requirements of the comprehensive test programme described within ETAG 001, Metal Anchors for use in Concrete.

Suitability tests determine the functionality of the anchor under the most likely and extreme deviations from installation and service conditions. This would include: variations in concrete strengths, tolerances of hole diameter, deviations in installation torques, repeated and sustained loads, cracked concrete and the subsequent movement of such cracks.

Manufacturing
The manufacturer must also satisfy and demonstrate to an independent control body that they have effective control of the manufacturing specifications and processes for the approved product. This control is product specific and is far more complex and detailed than the general BS EN ISO 9001:2000 specification. This ensures the highest quality is maintained for these safety critical products, a policy which Rawlplug has always upheld.

Admissible Service Condition tests are used to establish characteristic loads (i.e. tensile, shear and combined), and all edge spacing distances when installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

Stringent assessment criteria are also applied to all tests. Load/displacement graphs must show positive gradients with no sign of slipping of the anchor. The mean ultimate load in all suitability tests must attain a given percentage of the reference values obtained in the Admissible Service Condition tests and all test results must have limited scatter.

CE Marking
To affix CE marking to an anchor, it must have two important documents: 1) A European Technical Approval (ETA) in accordance with the ETAG 001

The net effect of the new comprehensive range of tests and stringent assessment criteria will reduce current load performances and increase the edge distances and spacings for all products, in comparison with current published and accepted performance.

Metal Anchors for use in Concrete. 2) A certificate of attestation from an independent control body.

Only then can an anchor possess CE marking.

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWL APPROVALS

Benefits
ETAG approved and CE marked products will enable specifiers, distributors, contractors and end users to have the utmost confidence in specifying, selling and installing these products, where safety and reliability are paramount and where performance and quality can be assured.

Rawl Fixings
Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings have continued to develop their range of products to meet these requirements to ensure their customers can satisfy current and future market needs with new, improved anchors with increased safety.

Rawl Fixings has been awarded ETA approvals and CE marking for the new range of Rawl R-HPT and Rawl R-SPT Throughbolts i.e. ETAs 98/0003 and 05/0078 and certificates of attestation 0836-CPD-004 and 0836-CPD-003.

Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings were the first UK manufacturer of any construction products to be awarded an ETA and CE marking.

This ensures that customers are supplied with world class products of the highest quality and technical performance which can be independently certified.
Rawlplug Ltd. is proud to be a member of the Construction Fixings Association (CFA) which represents major fixings suppliers within the UK and whose aims are summarised in the phrase: Ensuring Best Fixings Practice The Association achieves this by:

Future
This new approach to approvals has led to unknown territory where there is generally low awareness of the detail and on the impact it will have on the use of these products. This particularly applies to the definition and the scope of cracked concrete, structural and safety critical applications. To complicate matters further each member state within the EC has still to prescribe a transition period for their market place, whereby existing national approval systems will run their course and eventually be superceded by the new approach to ETAs. This is likely to be a protracted and diverse procedure.

e Publishing a series of free Guidance Notes* e Contributing to the development of European Guidelines for Technical Approval of anchors e Being directly involved in the development of European and British Standards e Working with other influential bodies such as CIRIA and BBA to improve the understanding and use of the fixings. e Supporting specific industries in the development of guidelines for their use of fixings. All CFA Members are committed to providing technically proven products

During this transition period national approvals will still be accepted,


manufactured to recognised Quality Assurance procedures and backed up

although the performance data has been based on different testing and
with comprehensive technical support services including performance data,

assessment criteria. Direct comparison of performance data between approval


applications advice, site testing and training in the correct use of our products.

systems cannot be made. Therefore products which are currently used in the market place can still be used during this transition period. This situation is complex and confusing, but during this stage customers can rely on Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings to provide guidance on selection and supply of approved products to meet their requirements.
* Downloadable free from the website which also carries articles, news and technical advice www.fixingscfa.co.uk For more information contact: The Secretary, Construction Fixings Association 65 Dean Street, Oakham, LE15 6AF Tel & Fax 01664-474755 email: info@fixingscfa.co.uk

Rawlplug and Rawl Fixings continue to be represented on the working groups which compile future guidelines and building regulations, thus ensuring that their customers are kept up-to-date with current developments and that their requirements are continuously considered.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Direction of Loading
The direction of the applied load must be considered to determine the most appropriate anchor. The tension and shear components must be less than the recommended load/design resistance in the direction concerned. Tensile Loads Tensile loads are applied along the axis of the fixing (see fig. 1). Common examples include suspended ceiling applications and the suspension of mechanical services, pipework and ductwork etc. Shear Loads Shear loads act at right angles to the axis of a fixing and directly against the face of the structural material (see fig. 2). Shear performance is governed mainly by the shear strength of the bolt material and compressive strength of the supporting substrate. Oblique/Combined Loads Oblique loads are a combination of tension and shear components (see fig.3). If the angle of applied oblique load is within 10o of pure tension or pure shear, the safe working load for that direction may be assumed. Otherwise, the applied oblique load should be resolved into its shear and tensile components. Offset Loads Offset loads act at right angles to the fixing axis but are offset from the surface (see fig. 4). In this situation, the deflection of the bolt, due to bending, needs to be considered as well as the shear capacity of the anchor.

Fig.1

Fig.2

Fig.3

Fig.4

Slotted Holes in Fixture. When xing anchors through slotted holes it is important to ensure that there is adequate surface contact between the washer and the xture to guarantee a positive clamping force. If in doubt a square plate washer with a thickness of 3mm or greater would be recommended in place of the standard washer supplied.

Diamond Drilled Holes. When holes are formed in the structure using a diamond drilling system extra care is required to ensure that the holes are thoroughly cleaned by brushing and blowing at least three times. Also to create a key for the anchor, (particularly if a bonded anchor is installed), the sides of the hole should be roughened up by inserting a standard masonry bit into the hole attached to a hammer action drilling machine. A resin with minimal shrinkage such as Rawl R-KEX should be selected for diamond drilled holes.

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Installation
Fig.5 Anchor choice may be affected by certain aspects of the installation, for instance the desirability of a through fixing. The fixture can then be used as a template, and the fixing made through nominal clearance holes without the need for the object to be removed and replaced. Key Points To achieve published performance values, it is essential that all anchors are installed correctly in accordance with Rawl Fixings installation instructions. Some basic points to remember are: z Drill correct diameter hole, to the correct depth. z Clean the hole thoroughly. This is important for all anchors, but critical for bonded anchors. z Use the correct setting equipment and procedure. z Tighten to the recommended torque. Recommended Tightening Torques In torque controlled expansion anchors a clamping force is exerted through the fixture into the base material. The clamping force is directly proportional to the tightening torque. Tightening the anchor enables the expander to key into the surrounding substrate providing a secure fixing (see fig. 5). Tightening to Rawl Fixings recommended tightening torques ensures that the clamping force is greater than the published safe working loads. These torques should not be exceeded as this may overstress the bolt and/or base material. Adjustable torque wrenches of the break back type are recommended for setting fixings.

Fig.6

Expanding Fixings Torque controlled anchors transmit expansion forces by locally compressing the substrate. The forces are exerted at the point of expansion, not over the whole length of the fixing. On applying the load to the anchor, additional forces are exerted as shown by the light blue area ie. concrete cone (see fig.6). It is this projected area which relates to the performance of the anchor. Therefore as the embedment depth is increased the larger the cone and the greater the performance of the anchor (see fig.7). Fig.7

Any reduction in the projected area, for example when anchors are placed too close together or too near the edge of the concrete (see fig.8 and fig. 9) will result in reduced performance and should be avoided if possible. Where unavoidable, the appropriate reduction factors shown for reduced spacing or edge distance should be applied to the recommended load/design resistance indicated for the anchor.

Fig.8

Fig.9

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

RAWL CALCULATIONS
Performance Data Explained
In previous editions of our Specification & Design Guide we quoted Ultimate Loads and Safe Working Loads (SWL), however, since the introduction of Ultimate Limit State theory, we have received increasing requests to publish data in accordance with these new methods. The safety concept is based upon the Partial Safety Factor approach rather than the Global Safety Factor approach, as previously adopted by Rawlplug. Engineers familiar with the Partial Safety Factor concept can now use our new Characteristic and Design Resistance figures, where:
e Characteristic Resistance is the Ultimate Load with a statistical e Design Resistance is based upon the Characteristic Resistance

divided by Partial Safety Factors as determined from testing. Design Resistance should never be thought of as the load a fixing can safely hold.
e Design Action is a factored load taking into account variable

actions and should always be below the Design Resistance of the anchor. Those who prefer to use the Global Safety Factor method, can continue to do so, using the Recommended Load (previously called Safe Working Load).

probability factor applied (95% Fractile). This factor is dependent on the variance of a set of results and also the number of anchors tested.

GLOBAL SAFETY FACTOR METHOD

PARTIAL SAFETY FACTOR METHOD

Ultimate load FV

Ultimate Resistance Frum

F-  KS V

95% Fractile Characteristic Resistance Frk JM

Design Resistance Frd Design Action Fsd JF Recommended Load Frec

Sact d Frec

Actual Design load Sact

Fsd d Frd

KEY

K = Statistical Confidence Factor

S = Standard Deviation

V = Global Safety Factor

J M = Partial Resistance Safety Factor

J F = Partial Load Safety Factor

10

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWL CALCULATIONS
Concrete Strength Calculation
(Loads shown are for 30N/mm2 (C20/25) concrete. For other grades of concrete between 20 and 50N/mm2 where the anchor is in tension the load can be calculated using this formula.)
N /N
2

rec

rd

in

30N/mm Concrete

Actual Concrete Strength 30

This calculation is not valid for shear. Note: The method of calculating combined loads in concrete has been revised in line with ETAG. The equation is calculated to the power of 1.5 and the result should be equal to or less than 1.0.

Combined Load (concrete only)


When selecting an anchor, which will carry a combined load, ensure that the bolt size selected satisfies the following equations:

Global Method
(Edge and spacing reduction factors, if applicable, should be applied to the safe tensile and shear loads.) Nact Nrec
1.5

Vact Vrec

1.5

1.2 1.0

Partial Method
(Edge and spacing reduction factors, if applicable, should be applied to the tensile and shear design resistance loads.) Nsd Nrd
1.5

Vsd Vrd

1.5

1.0

Re-Bar/Resin Design Concept


Ultimate Load Minimum fuk 550N/mm2 95% Fractile J
0

NB Example of interpolation If edge distance equals 45mm for an M8 stud then the edge factor will be equal to 50% of the difference between the edge factors for 40mm and 50mm. Example 40mm edge factor = 0.8 50mm edge factor = 0.9 Therefore Edge factor for 45mm = 0.85

Minimum fyk 460N/mm2 JQ

Load

FRu,m

FRk Fd Frec

Installation Depth

Glossary of abbreviations
AF Ccr,N Ccr,V d Dcsk df do Dw E Fd Frec FRu,m FRk = Across flats = Characteristic edge distance in tension = Characteristic edge distance in shear = Bolt thread size = Countersunk bolt head diameter = = = = = = = = Hole diameter in fixture Hole diameter in concrete Washer diameter Diameter of eye Design load Recommended load Mean ultimate load Characteristic load (95% fractile) fuk H fyk hef = Ultimate tensile strength = Diameter of hook = Yield strength = Effective embedment depth (distance from surface to point of expansion) = Minimum substrate thickness = Minimum hole depth = Bolt length = Countersunk head depth = Thread length = Applied tensile load = Recommended load in tension = Design resistance in tension = Characteristic resistance in tension Nsd S Scr Sw Tfix Tinst Vact VRk VRd Vrec Vsd JM = Design action tension = Shield length = Characteristic edge distance in tension & shear = Bolt head diameter = Fixture thickness = Recommended torque = Applied shear load = Characteristic resistance in shear = Design resistance in shear = Recommended load in shear = Design action shear = Partial safety factor for material = Partial safety factor for actions 11

hmin ho l lcsk lg Nact Nrec NRd NRk

JQ

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

PRODUCT SELECTOR
DESCRIPTION
SafetyPlus Loosebolt SafetyPlus Bolt Projecting SafetyPlus Limited Embedment

ETA

PAGE
18 20 22 24 26

THREAD RANGE
M8-M20 M8-M20 M8-M16 M8-M16 M8-M20 M6-M20 M6-M24 M5-M16 M6-M20 M6-M16 M6-M24 M6-M24 M6-M12 M5-M12 M6-M10 M8-M30 M8-M30 M8-M24 M8-M24 M8-M24 M8-M30 M8-M24 M8-M24 M8-M24

HIGH PERFORMANCE ANCHORS

SafetyPlus Countersunk Socket Anchor R-HPT Throughbolt R-SPT Throughbolt Brass Anchor Wedge Anchor Lipped Wedge Anchor Rawlbolt Loose Bolt Rawlbolt Bolt Projecting Rawlbolt Eyebolt Rawlok Bolt Projecting Rawlok Loosebolt Incl St Stl R-CAS R-HAC Pending 2007 Pending 2007

 

28 30 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

BONDED ANCHORS

CFS RV200 CFS RM50 CFS RP30 R-KEX R-KEA R-KEM + R-KF2/R-KSF Bonded Anchor Accessories Threaded Rod, Nuts and Washers UNO Universal Plug

Pending 2007

52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68/69 70 72 74 75 76 78 79

M6-M20

LIGHT FIXINGS
12

FIX Expansion Plug Stair-Tread Fixings Door Stops Ball Shaped Plastic Plugs Rawl-In-One Multi-Purpose Plug HDPE Plastic Plug

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

PRODUCT SELECTOR
BASE MATERIAL CONCRETE STRUCTURAL STANDARD LIGHTWEIGHT BRICKWORK STONE SOLID PERFORATED BLOCKWORK LOW HOLLOW DENSITY PLASTER BOARD PLYWOOD HOLLOW DOOR

                                

    

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Applicable As Applicable

      

      

      

 

 

  

 


13

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

PRODUCT SELECTOR
DESCRIPTION
Sanitary Fixings Frame Fixings Hammer Fixings PVCu Frame Fixing Metal Frame Fixings Concrete Frame Screws Rawl R-EXP Anchor Drywall Screws Self-Drilling / Decking Screws Metal Self Drill Nylon Self Drill Interset Interset Setting Tools Spring Toggle

ETA

PAGE
80 82 84 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105/106 106 107 108 109 110 112 113 114 122 124 125

THREAD RANGE

M4-M8

M3-M6

LIGHT FIXINGS

Plasterboard Plug Plastic Toggle Rawlnut Flexi-Plug Rawl TAP-IN Holebore Ceiling Hangers Metal Hammer Fixings Hangers Direct Brackets Connectors Mesh Tapes Scaffolding Eybolts Insulation Fixings Corner Beads Laths Wood Connectors Post Base Post Base / Accesories Shelf Brackets

M3-M12

14

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

PRODUCT SELECTOR
BASE MATERIAL CONCRETE STRUCTURAL STANDARD LIGHTWEIGHT BRICKWORK STONE SOLID PERFORATED BLOCKWORK LOW HOLLOW DENSITY PLASTER BOARD PLYWOOD HOLLOW DOOR

      

      

      

      

       
As Applicable

  
As Applicable

   

     

 

 


As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable


As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable
Technical Advisory Service e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 15

PRODUCT SELECTOR
DESCRIPTION
Latches & Hinges Window Screws

ETA

PAGE
128 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 141 142 143 144 145 146 148 149 150

THREAD RANGE

LIGHT FIXINGS TOOLS


16

Wafer Head Screws Chipboard Screws Masonry Nails Plug & Repair / Fix & Forget Plastic Wood / Floor Filler Liquid Fixing / Gripfast Cable Clips Blue Flash Masonry Drill Impactor Masonry Drill SDS Plus Masonry Drill HSS Metal Bits Flat / Auger Wood Bits Hole Saw Electric Screwdriver Bit HEX Key Sets TORX Key Sets Circular Saw / Jigsaw Blades

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

PRODUCT SELECTOR
BASE MATERIAL CONCRETE STRUCTURAL STANDARD LIGHTWEIGHT BRICKWORK STONE SOLID PERFORATED BLOCKWORK LOW HOLLOW DENSITY PLASTER BOARD PLYWOOD HOLLOW DOOR

As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable

As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable As Applicable

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

17

SAFETYPLUS
FOR CONCRETE

LOOSE BOLT

Product Information
Sw

Dw

DESCRIPTION SafetyPlus is an all steel high performance expansion anchor, suitable for the most demanding safety critical applications. This range offers exceptional tension, shear and combined load performance in concrete. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete

ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Structural steel e Masonry support e Cladding restraints e Road signs e Heavy machinery e Racking systems e Industrial doors e Safety barriers.

FEATURES 1. 8.8 grade bolt. 2. High strength steel washer. 3. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation feature ensures fixture is firmly secured. 4. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying capacity. 5. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for maximum expansion.

SAFETYPLUS Loose Bolt


BOLT LENGTH (mm) (l) BOLT HEAD DIAMETER (mm) (AF) (Sw) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (Dw) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x ) HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df) IN CONCRETE (mm) (do) MINIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE HOLE DEPTH EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE IN THICKNESS DEPTH CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (hmin) (hef) (ho) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE

BOLT SIZE (d)

NEW CODE

M8

M10

M12 M16 M20

90 110 100 120 140 120 150 145 170 175

13

21

17

24

19 24 30

30 40 50

15 40 20 40 60 25 50 25 50 30

14

12

80

60

120

25

17

15

90

70

140

50

20 26 30

18 24 28

105 125 155

80 100 125

160 200 240

80 180 275

50-010 50-015 50-020 50-025 50-030 50-035 50-040 50-050 50-055 50-065

SPL-08090/15 SPL-08110/40 SPL-10105/20 SPL-10120/40 SPL-10140/60 SPL-12120/25 SPL-12150/50 SPL-16145/25 SPL-16170/50 SPL-20175/30

SAFETYPLUS Racking Bolt


BOLT LENGTH (mm) (l) BOLT HEAD DIAMETER (mm) (AF) (Sw) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (Dw) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x ) HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df) MINIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE HOLE DEPTH EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE IN THICKNESS DEPTH IN CONCRETE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (hmin) (hef) (do) (ho) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE

BOLT SIZE (d)

NEW CODE

M8 M10

115 105

17 19

21 24

40 20

14 17

12 15

80 90

60 70

130 140

25 50

50-014 50-021

SPL-RB-08115/40 SPL-RB-10105/20

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth through clearance hole in the fixture into concrete.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole.

3. Insert SafetyPlus anchor through fixture into hole and tap home.

4. Tighten to the recommended torque.

18

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SAFETYPLUS
Speci cation Data
SAFETYPLUS Loose Bolt Performance Data

LOOSE BOLT
FOR CONCRETE

CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

19.7 33.3 43.4 66.8 95.6

25.7 39.7 56.5 90.1 132.0

9.1 15.4 20.1 30.9 44.3

14.3 22.0 31.4 50.1 73.3

7.6 12.8 16.8 25.8 36.9

11.9 18.3 26.2 41.8 61.1

160 180 200 280 320

180 220 260 340 380

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances For SafetyPlus Loose Bolt. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two

lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Spacing (Concrete Only )


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280 320

0.72 0.75 0.78 0.81 0.87 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 0.72 0.75 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.87 0.93 1.00

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280 320 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00

60 80 100 140 180 220 260 300 340 380

0.70 0.75 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.70 0.74 0.83 0.91 1.00 0.65 0.74 0.82 0.91 1.00 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

19

SAFETYPLUS
FOR CONCRETE

BOLT PROJECTING

Product Information
Sw

Dw

DESCRIPTION A high performance steel expansion anchor, suitable for the most demanding safety critical applications. This range offers exceptional tension, shear and combined load performance in concrete. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete

ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Structural steel e Masonry support e Cladding restraints e Road signs e Heavy machinery e Racking systems e Industrial doors e Safety barriers.

FEATURES 1. 8.8 grade stud with slot for final adjustment. 2. High strength steel washer. 3. Sleeve provides maximum shear load performance. 4. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation feature ensures fixture is firmly secured. 5. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying capacity. 6. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for maximum expansion. 7. Nut and washer allow for fixture to be removed and relocated easily.

SAFETYPLUS Bolt Projecting


NUT DIAMETER (mm) (AF) (Sw) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x ) MINIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE HOLE DEPTH EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE IN IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE THICKNESS DEPTH CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (df) (do) (hmin) (hef) (ho) HOLE DIAMETER

BOLT SIZE (d)

BOLT LENGTH (mm) (l)

WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (Dw)

RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst)

ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12

95 110 135 160 160 185 190

13 17 19

21 24 30

15 20 25 50 25 50 30

14 17 20

12 15 18

80 90 105

60 70 80

120 140 160

25 50 80

50-110 50-120 50-135 50-140 50-150 50-155 50-165

SPL-BP-08095/15 SPL-BP-10110/20 SPL-BP-12135/25 SPL-BP-12160/50 SPL-BP-16160/25 SPL-BP-16185/50 SPL-BP-20190/30

M16 M20

24 30

40 50

26 30

24 28

125 155

100 125

200 240

180 275

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth through clearance hole in the fixture into concrete.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole.

3. Insert SafetyPlus anchor through fixture into hole and tap home.

4. Tighten to the recommended torque.

20

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SAFETYPLUS
Speci cation Data
SAFETYPLUS Bolt Projecting Performance Data

BOLT PROJECTING
FOR CONCRETE

Concrete, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

19.7 33.3 43.4 66.8 95.6

25.7 39.7 56.5 90.1 132.0

9.1 15.4 20.1 30.9 44.3

14.3 22.0 31.4 50.1 73.3

7.6 12.8 16.8 25.8 36.9

11.9 18.3 26.2 41.8 61.1

160 180 200 280 320

180 220 260 340 380

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances For SafetyPlus Bolt Projecting. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as

required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280 320

0.72 0.75 0.78 0.81 0.87 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 0.72 0.75 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.87 0.93 1.00

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280 320 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00

60 80 100 140 180 220 260 300 340 380

0.70 0.75 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.70 0.74 0.83 0.91 1.00 0.65 0.74 0.82 0.91 1.00 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

21

SAFETYPLUS
FOR CONCRETE

LIMITED EMBEDMENT

Product Information
Sw

Dw

DESCRIPTION A high performance steel expansion anchor, suitable for the most demanding safety critical applications. This range offers exceptional tension, shear and combined load performance in concrete. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete

ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Structural steel work e Road signs e Industrial doors e Masonry support e Heavy machinery e Safety barriers e Cladding restraints e Racking systems.

FEATURES 1. 8.8 grade bolt. 2. High strength steel washer. 3. Sleeve provides maximum shear load performance. 4. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation feature ensures fixture is firmly secured. 5. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying capacity. 6. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for maximum expansion.

SAFETYPLUS Limited Embedment


BOLT LENGTH (mm) (l) BOLT HEAD DIAMETER (mm) (AF) (Sw) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (Dw) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x ) MINIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE HOLE DEPTH EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE IN IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE THICKNESS DEPTH CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (df) (do) (hmin) (hef) (ho) HOLE DIAMETER RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE

BOLT SIZE (d)

NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16

80 90 100 130

13 17 19 24

21 24 30 40

25 25 25 30

14 17 20 26

12 15 18 24

55 70 85 100

40 50 60 75

100 110 130 165

25 50 80 180

50-005 50-018 50-033 50-048

SPL-LE-08080/25 SPL-LE-10090/25 SPL-LE-12100/25 SPL-LE-16130/30

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth through clearance hole in the fixture into concrete.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole.

3. Insert SafetyPlus anchor through fixture into hole and tap home.

4. Tighten to the recommended torque.

22

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SAFETYPLUS
Speci cation Data

LIMITED EMBEDMENT
FOR CONCRETE

SAFETYPLUS Limited Embedment Performance Data

Concrete, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION
(Ccr,N )

CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR


(Scr,N ) (Scr ,V)

SHEAR
(Ccr,V )

M8 M10 M12 M16

12.0 18.9 26.2 47.0

18.9 29.5 44.0 77.2

5.6 8.7 12.1 21.7

10.5 16.5 24.5 42.9

4.7 7.3 10.1 18.1

8.8 13.8 20.4 35.8

110 130 150 200

150 170 200 230

180 200 220 240

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances For SafetyPlus Limited Embedment. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method.

Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor

where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16

60 70 80 90 110 130 150 170 200 230

0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00 0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00

60 70 80 90 110 130 150 170 200 230 0.75 0.84 0.92 1.00 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.73 0.82 0.91 1.00 0.80 0.87 0.93 1.00

120 140 160 180 200 220 240

0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.74 0.83 0.91 1.00 0.74 0.82 0.91 1.00 0.83 0.88 0.94 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

23

SAFETYPLUS
FOR CONCRETE

COUNTERSUNK

Product Information

AF Dcsk Lcsk

DESCRIPTION High performance countersunk all steel high performance expansion anchor for safety critical applications where a flush fixing is required in concrete. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete

ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Walkways e Platforms e Public seating e Storage systems e Balustrading e Lighting columns e Structural steel.

FEATURES 1. 8.8 grade countersunk bolt for flush fitting installation. 2. High strength steel washer. 3. Sleeve provides maximum shear load performance. 4. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation feature ensures fixture is firmly secured. 5. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying capacity. 6. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for maximum expansion.

SAFETYPLUS Countersunk
HEX DRIVER SIZE (mm) (AF) (Sw) MAXIMUM MAXIMUM COUNTERSINK HEAD FIXTURE DEPTH. DIAMETER THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (mm) (Lcsk) (Dcsk) (T x ) MINIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE HOLE DEPTH EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE IN THICKNESS DEPTH IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (hmin) (hef) (df) (do) (ho) HOLE DIAMETER

BOLT SIZE (d)

BOLT LENGTH (mm) (l)

RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst)

ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16

90 105 125 145

6 8 10 12

22 28 33 40

5.5 7.0 7.6 8.5

20 25 30 30

14 17 20 26

12 15 18 24

80 90 105 125

60 70 80 100

120 140 160 200

25 50 80 180

50-210 SPL-C-08090/20 50-220 SPL-C-10105/25 50-235 SPL-C-12125/30 50-250 SPL-C-16145/30

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth through clearance hole in the fixture into concrete..

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole.

3. Insert SafetyPlus anchor through fixture into hole and tap home.

4. Tighten using hexagon driver to the recommended torque.

24

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SAFETYPLUS
Speci cation Data
SAFETYPLUS Countersunk Performance Data

COUNTERSUNK
FOR CONCRETE

CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION & SHEAR
(Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V )

CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N ) (Scr ,V)

M8 M10 M12 M16

19.7 33.3 43.4 66.8

25.7 39.7 56.5 90.1

9.1 15.4 20.1 30.9

14.3 22.0 31.4 50.1

7.6 12.8 16.8 25.8

11.9 18.3 26.2 41.8

160 180 200 280

180 220 260 340

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances For SafetyPlus Countersunk. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as

required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280

0.72 0.75 0.78 0.81 0.87 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00 0.72 0.75 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00

60 80 100 140 180 220 260 300 340

0.70 0.75 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.70 0.74 0.83 0.91 1.00 0.65 0.74 0.82 0.91 1.00 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

25

SOCKET ANCHOR
FOR CONCRETE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION A versatile problem-solving fixing, providing a permanent high performance threaded socket for a wide variety of studding applications, including deep embedment applications. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete FEATURES 1. Internally threaded socket for stud or rebar. 2. Integral controlled collapse and anti-rotation feature ensures fixture is firmly secured. 3. Unique zig-zag feature provides balanced expansion ensuring secure setting and maximum load carrying capacity. 4. Case-hardened nut with optimum angle taper for maximum expansion.

lg

ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Starter bar e Formwork supports e Temporary works e Heavy machinery e Lighting columns e Structural steelworks.

SOCKET ANCHOR
HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df ) IN CONCRETE (mm) (do ) SET FLUSH TO SURFACE MINIMUM HOLE DEPTH (mm) (df ) EFFECTIVE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (hef ) (hmin ) MINIMUM HOLE DEPTH (mm) (df ) SET AT DEPTH EFFECTIVE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (hef ) (hmin ) MAX. RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) 4.6 STUD (Tinst ) 8.8 STUD (Tinst ) PRODUCT CODE ZINC PLATED

THREAD SIZE (d)

ANCHOR LENGTH (mm) (l)

INTERNAL THREAD LENGTH (mm) (lg )

NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

55 67 80 95 115

8 13 17 18 24

10 12 14 18 24

12 15 18 24 28

65 75 90 105 125

45 55 65 80 95

90 110 130 160 190

80 90 105 125 155

60 70 80 100 125

120 140 160 200 250

11 22 39 96 187

19 37 65 163 280

86-510 86-515 86-520 86-525 86-530

SOC-08 SOC-10 SOC-12 SOC-16 SOC-20

Installation

1. Screw studding into socket. Assemble two nuts at the other end of the studding.

2. Ensuring nuts are securely locked together, apply the recommended torque through the top nut. Carefully slacken and remove nuts.

3. Apply fixture, washer and hexagon nut.

4. Apply torque to ensure clamping of fixture against concrete surface.

26

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SOCKET ANCHOR
FOR CONCRETE

Speci cation Data


SOCKET ANCHOR Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) ANCHOR SET FLUSH TO THE SURFACE* SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD (Factored) (Unfactored) (kN) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) TENSION (Nrec ) ANCHOR SET FLUSH AT DEPTH** CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION
(Ccr,N )

CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION (Scr,N )

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

11.9 18.9 26.4 46.5 66.6

5.5 8.8 12.2 21.6 30.8

4.6 7.3 10.2 18.0 25.7

19.7 33.3 43.4 66.8 95.6

9.1 15.4 20.1 30.9 44.3

7.6 12.8 16.8 25.8 36.9

160 180 200 280 320

180 220 260 340 380

* NOTE: Grade of stud 4.6 ** NOTE: Grade of stud 8.8 For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

CONCRETE, fck,cube = 60N/mm2 (C50/60) ANCHOR SET FLUSH TO THE SURFACE* SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD (Factored) (Unfactored) (kN) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) TENSION (Nrec ) ANCHOR SET FLUSH AT DEPTH** CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION
(Ccr,N )

CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION (Scr,N )

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

12.2 19.2 28.0 52.3 81.3

5.6 8.9 13.0 24.2 37.6

4.7 7.4 10.8 20.2 31.3

25.7 43.2 56.0 87.4 124.4

11.9 20.0 25.9 40.5 57.6

9.9 16.7 21.6 33.8 48.0

160 180 200 280 320

180 220 260 340 380

* NOTE: Grade of stud 4.6 ** NOTE: Grade of stud 8.8 For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Socket Anchor. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as

required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280 320

0.72 0.75 0.78 0.81 0.87 0.94 1.00

0.70 0.73 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

0.70 0.73 0.78 0.84 0.89 0.94 1.00

0.72 0.75 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.87 0.93 1.00

60 80 100 140 180 220 260 300 340 380

0.70 0.75 0.80 0.90 1.00

0.70 0.74 0.83 0.91 1.00

0.65 0.74 0.82 0.91 1.00

0.72 0.78 0.83 0.89 0.94 1.00

0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

27

RAWL
FOR CONCRETE

R-HPT THROUGHBOLT

Product Information
Sw

Dw Standard embedment Reduced embedment

DESCRIPTION The RAWL Throughbolt range has been developed to meet the changing demands of the market in terms of product approval levels, ease of fixing and product quality. The versatile through fixing for use in a wide range of applications in concrete of 20N/mm2 and over. Available in: Zinc plated steel. For European Approvals see p 6/7. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Cracked or Uncracked Concrete

FEATURES 1. Standard and limited embedment depth markings to ensure correct installation. 2. Cold formed body ensures constant dimensional accuracy. 3. Stainless steel expander provides an enhanced performance in cracked concrete. 4. Optimum cone angle for controlled expansion. 5. Tested and approved by the independent UK and international approval bodies.

ho

ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Cladding restraints e Barriers e Structural steel e Curtain walling e Hand rails e Heavy plant e Balustrading e Passenger lifts

RAWL R-HPT Throughbolt


HOLE BOLT NUT BOLT SIZE/HOLE WASHER THREAD DIAMETER DIAMETER LENGTH IN IN DIAMETER LENGTH (mm) (mm) FIXTURE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (AF) (l) (lG ) (mm) (mm) (Dw ) (Sw ) (lG ) (d)/(do ) STANDARD EMBEDMENT MIN. HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho ) MAX. EFFECTIVE FIXTURE ENBEDMENT THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (hef ) (T x ) REDUCED EMBEDMENT MIN. HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho ) MINIMUM RECOMMENDED MAX. SUBSTRATES EFFECTIVE TORQUE FIXTURE THICKNESS ENBEDMENT PRODUCT (mm) THICKNESS (mm) (mm) CODE (Tinst ) (mm) (hmin ) (hef ) (T x ) ZINC PLATED

NEW CODE

M8 8 mm

M10 10 mm

M12 12 mm

M16 16 mm

M20 20 mm

50 65 80 115 65 80 95 115 130 80 100 120 135 150 105 140 180 220 125 160 200 300

13

17

07

21

19

24

24

30

30

37

14 25 40 65 22 30 46 65 80 30 40 60 75 90 55 60 100 140 65 65 100 100

11

13

18

22

55 55 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 120 120 120

48 48 53 53 53 53 74 74 74 74 89 89 89 105 105 105

15 50 7 22 42 57 4 24 39 54 20 60 100 20 60 160

40

50

60

80

100

26 33 33 33 37 40 40 40 40 48 48 48 48 48 65 67 67 67 80 85 85 85

5 15 30 65 5 16 32 52 67 5 24 44 58 73 5 40 80 120 5 40 80 180

100

15

100

25

10

60

130

110

160

180

56-314 56-316 56-320 56-325 56-328 56-330 56-332 56-334 56-336 56-338 56-340 56-342 56-344 56-346 56-350 56-352 56-354 56-356 56-360 56-362 56-364 56-366

R-HPT-08050/5 R-HPT-08065/15 R-HPT-08080/15 R-HPT-08115/50 R-HPT-10065/5 R-HPT-10080/7 R-HPT-10095/22 R-HPT-10115/42 R-HPT-10130/57 R-HPT-12080/5 R-HPT-12100/4 R-HPT-12120/24 R-HPT-12135/39 R-HPT-12150/54 R-HPT-16105/5 R-HPT-16140/20 R-HPT-16180/60 R-HPT-16220/100 R-HPT-20125/5 R-HPT-20160/20 R-HPT-20200/60 R-HPT-20300/160

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Lightly tap the throughbolt through the fixture into hole with a hammer, until fixing depth is reached.

4. Tighten to the recommended torque.

28

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWL
Speci cation Data

R-HPT THROUGHBOLT
FOR CONCRETE

RAWL R-HPT Throughbolt Projecting Performance Data


Non-Cracked Concrete Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD (kN) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) REDUCED EMBEDMENT DEPTH DESIGN LOAD (kN) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm)

SIZE

TENSION (NRd )

SHEAR (VRd )

TENSION (Nrec )

SHEAR (Vrec )

TENSION (NRd )

SHEAR (VRd )

TENSION (Nrec )

SHEAR (Vrec )

TENSION SHEAR (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V )

TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

11.1 17.5 26.3 42.6 60.3

16.8 19.3 32.2 48.8 75.9

5.1 8.1 12.2 19.7 27.9

9.3 10.7 17.9 27.1 42.1

4.3 6.8 10.2 16.4 23.3

7.8 8.9 14.9 22.6 35.1

9.2 11.1 17.2 25.6 47.1

9.6 15.3 23.3 44.0 65.6

4.3 5.2 8.0 11.9 21.8

5.3 8.5 12.9 24.2 36.5

3.6 4.3 6.7 9.9 18.2

4.4 7.1 10.8 20.2 30.4

80 100 120 160 190

80 100 120 160 190

100 120 150 180 260

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Cracked Concrete Performance Data


CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD (kN) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) REDUCED EMBEDMENT DEPTH DESIGN LOAD (kN) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm)

SIZE

TENSION (NRd )

SHEAR (VRd )

TENSION (Nrec )

SHEAR (Vrec )

TENSION (NRd )

SHEAR (VRd )

TENSION (Nrec )

SHEAR (Vrec )

TENSION SHEAR (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V )

TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

6.7 10.9 16.8 28.1 41.0

15.1 17.6 29.6 45.4 71.3

3.1 5.0 7.8 13.0 19.0

8.4 9.7 16.5 25.2 39.6

2.6 4.2 6.5 10.8 15.8

7.0 8.1 13.7 21.0 33.0

5.5 6.9 11.0 16.9 32.0

8.6 13.9 21.4 40.9 61.7

2.6 3.2 5.1 7.9 14.8

4.8 7.7 11.9 22.5 34.3

2.2 2.7 4.3 6.5 12.4

4.0 6.4 9.9 18.8 28.6

80 100 120 160 190

80 100 120 160 190

100 120 150 180 260

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Rawl R-HPT. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as

required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M8 SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 190

0.60 0.73 0.87 1.00 0.65 0.83 1.00 0.65 0.83 1.00 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.00 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.00 0.62 0.74 1.00 0.60 0.80 1.00 0.67 0.84 1.00 0.62 0.74 0.87 1.00 0.58 0.73 0.82 1.00

40 50 60 80 100 120 150 180 220 260 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.00 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.00 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.00 0.65 0.77 0.88 1.00 0.74 0.83 0.91 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

29

RAWL
FOR CONCRETE

R-SPT THROUGHBOLT

Product Information
Sw

Dw Standard embedment Reduced embedment

ho ho

DESCRIPTION The RAWL Throughbolt range has been developed to meet the changing demands of the market in terms of product approval levels, ease of fixing and product quality. The versatile through fixing for use in a wide range of applications in concrete of 20N/mm2 and over. Available in: Zinc plated steel, TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Cladding restraint Hot dip galvanized, e Curtain wall Stainless steel grade A4. e Balustrading For European Approvals see p. 6/7 e Barriers e Handrails e Racking e Structural Steel e Bollards.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete FEATURES 1. Embedment depth markings to ensure correct installation. 2. Cold formed body ensures constant dimensional accuracy. 3. Optimum cone angle for controlled expansion. 4. Tested and approved by the independent UK and international approval bodies.

RAWL R-SPT Throughbolt - Zinc Plated


BOLT SIZE (d) HOLE IN CONCRETE (mm) (do ) BOLT LENGTH (mm) (l) NUT WASHER DIAMETER DIAMETER (mm) (mm) (AF) (Dw ) (Sw ) THREAD LENGTH (mm) (lG ) STANDARD EMBEDMENT REDUCED EMBEDMENT MINIMUM HOLE REC. DIAMETER MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM SUBSTRATE HOLE HOLE FIXTURE FIXTURE THIC KNESS TORQUE IN FIXTURE EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT (mm) DEPTH THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Tinst ) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (hmin ) (lG ) (hef ) (hef ) (ho ) (ho ) (T x ) (T x ) ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

M6

M8

M10

10

M12

12

M16

16

M20

20

M24

24

40 55 70 85 95 50 65 80 95 115 150 65 80 95 115 130 150 80 100 120 135 150 180 220 235 90 105 125 140 150 180 220 280 125 160 200 300 180 260 300

10

12.5

13

17

17

21

19

24

24

30

30

37

36

44

15 25 35 50 60 14 25 40 55 75 70 21 30 45 65 80 100 30 40 60 75 90 100 120 140 32 55 45 60 70 100 140 140 65 65 100 100 65 65 105

6.5

11

13

18

22

26

50 50 50 55 55 55 55 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 120 120 120 135 135 135

42 42 42 48 48 48 48 52 52 52 52 52 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 89 89 89 89 89 89 105 105 105 112 112 112

12 26 36 15 30 50 85 7 22 42 57 77 4 24 39 54 84 124 139 5 20 30 60 100 160 20 60 160 20 100 140

24 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 120 120 120

16 22 22 22 22 26 33 33 33 33 33 37 40 40 40 40 40 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 37 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 85 85 85 85 92 92 92

7 16 32 46 56 5 15 30 45 65 100 5 16 32 52 67 87 5 24 44 58 73 103 143 158 20 5 25 40 50 80 120 180 5 40 80 180 35 115 155

100

100

15

100

25

110

45

130

110

160

180

200

320

56-102 56-104 56-108 56-110 56-112 56-114 56-116 56-120 56-122 56-125 56-123 56-129 56-128 56-132 56-136 56-138 56-137 56-139 56-140 56-144 56-148 56-150 56-147 56-149 56-146 56-154 56-153 56-155 56-152 56-163 56-156 56-158 56-157 56-159 56-160 56-164 56-166 56-168 56-172 56-175

R-SPT-06040/7 R-SPT-06055/16 R-SPT-06070/12 R-SPT-06085/26 R-SPT-06095/36 R-SPT-08050/5 R-SPT-08065/15 R-SPT-08080/15 R-SPT-08095/30 R-SPT-08115/50 R-SPT-08115/85 R-SPT-10065/5 R-SPT-10080/7 R-SPT-10095/22 R-SPT-10115/42 R-SPT-10130/57 R-SPT-10150/77 R-SPT-12080/5 R-SPT-12100/4 R-SPT-12120/24 R-SPT-12135/39 R-SPT-12150/54 R-SPT-12180/84 R-SPT-12220/124 R-SPT-12235/139 R-SPT-16090/20 R-SPT-16105/25 R-SPT-16125/5 R-SPT-16140/20 R-SPT-16150/30 R-SPT-16180/60 R-SPT-16220/100 R-SPT-16280/160 R-SPT-20125/5 R-SPT-20160/20 R-SPT-20200/60 R-SPT-20300/160 R-SPT-24180/20 R-SPT-24260/100 R-SPT-24300/140

30

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWL
Product Information
RAWL R-SPT Throughbolt - Hot Dip Galvanized
HOLE IN CONCRETE (mm) (do ) BOLT LENGTH (mm) (l) NUT WASHER DIAMETER DIAMETER (mm) (mm) (AF) (Dw ) (Sw ) THREAD LENGTH (mm) (lG )

R-SPT THROUGHBOLT
FOR CONCRETE

BOLT SIZE (d)

HOT DIP GALVANIZED STANDARD EMBEDMENT REDUCED EMBEDMENT HOLE MINIMUM REC. DIAMETER MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM SUBSTRATE HOLE HOLE FIXTURE FIXTURE THICKNESS TORQUE IN FIXTURE EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT (mm) PRODUCT DEPTH NEW CODE THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) CODE (mm) (mm) (Tinst ) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (lG ) (hmin ) (hef ) (hef ) (ho ) (ho ) (T x ) (T x )

50 65 M8 8 80 95 115 65 80 M10 10 95 115 130 80 100 M12 12 120 135 150 180 105 M16 16 140 180 220 125 M20 M24 20 24 160 200 260 36 44 30 37 24 30 19 24 17 21 13 17

14 25 40 55 75 21 30 45 65 80 30 40 60 75 90 100 55 60 100 140 65 65 100 65 26 22 18 13 11 9

55 55 55 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 120 120 135

48 48 48 52 52 52 52 69 69 69 69 69 89 89 89 105 105 112

15 30 50 7 22 42 57 4 24 39 54 84 20 60 100 20 60 100

40 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 120

26 33 33 33 33 37 39 40 40 40 48 48 48 48 48 48 65 67 67 67 80 85 85 92

5 15 30 45 65 5 16 32 52 67 5 24 44 58 75 105 5 40 80 120 5 40 80 115 200 320 160 180 130 110 110 45 100 25 100 15

56-814 R-SPT-HD-08050/5 56-816 R-SPT-HD-08065/15 56-820 R-SPT-HD-08080/15 56-822 R-SPT-HD-08095/30 56-825 SPT-HD-08115/50 56-829 R-SPT-HD-10065/5 56-828 R-SPT-HD-10080/7 56-832 R-SPT-HD-10095/22 56-836 R-SPT-HD-10115/42 56-838 R-SPT-HD-10130/57 56-839 R-SPT-HD-12080/5 56-840 R-SPT-HD-12100/4 56-844 R-SPT-HD-12120/24 56-848 R-SPT-HD-12135/39 56-850 R-SPT-HD-12150/54 56-847 R-SPT-HD-12180/84 56-853 R-SPT-HD-16105/25 56-852 R-SPT-HD-16140/20 56-856 R-SPT-HD-16180/60 56-858 R-SPT-HD-16220/100 56-859 R-SPT-HD-20125/5 56-860 R-SPT-HD-20160/20 56-864 R-SPT-HD-20200/60 56-872 R-SPT-HD-24260/100

RAWL R-SPT Throughbolt - Stainless Steel Grade 316 (A4)


BOLT SIZE (d) HOLE NUT BOLT WASHER IN DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (AF) (l) (Dw ) (do ) (Sw ) THREAD LENGTH (mm) (lG ) STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 (A4) STANDARD EMBEDMENT REDUCED EMBEDMENT MINIMUM HOLE REC. DIAMETER MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM MINIMUM EFFECTIVE MAXIMUM SUBSTRATE HOLE HOLE FIXTURE FIXTURE THICKNESS TORQUE IN FIXTURE EMBEDMENT EMBEDMENT (mm) PRODUCT DEPTH NEW CODE THICKNESS DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) CODE (mm) (mm) (Tinst ) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (hmin ) (lG ) (hef ) (hef ) (ho ) (ho ) (T x ) (T x )

M6

55 85 50 65 80 105 65 80

10

12.5

25 50 14 25 40 25 21 30

6.5

50 55 55 60

42 48 48 52 52 52 52 69 69 69 69 89 89 89 105 105 105 112

26 15 40 7 22 42 57 4 24 39 54 20 60 100 20 60 160 100

30 30 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 120

22 22 26 33 33 33 37 39 40 40 40 48 48 48 48 65 67 67 67 80 85 85 85 92

16 46 5 15 30 55 5 16 32 52 67 24 44 58 75 5 40 80 120 5 40 80 180 115

100

56-604 R-SPT-A4-06055/16 56-610 R-SPT-A4-06085/26 56-614 R-SPT-A4-08050/5 56-616 R-SPT-A4-08065/15 56-620 R-SPT-A4-08080/15 56-624 R-SPT-A4-080105/40 56-627 R-SPT-A4-10065/5 56-628 R-SPT-A4-10080/7

M8

13

17

100

15

M10

10

95 115 130 100 120 135 150 105 140 180 220 125 160 200 300 260

17

21

45 65 80 40 60 75 90 55 60 100 140 65 65 100 100 65

11

60 60 60 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 120 120 120 135

100

25

56-632 R-SPT-A4-10095/22 56-636 R-SPT-A4-10115/42 56-638 R-SPT-A4-10130/57 56-640 R-SPT-A4-12100/4 56-644 R-SPT-A4-12120/24 56-648 R-SPT-A4-12135/39 56-650 R-SPT-A4-12150/54 56-651 R-SPT-A4-16105/25 56-652 R-SPT-A4-16140/20 56-656 R-SPT-A4-16180/60 56-658 R-SPT-A4-16220/100 56-659 R-SPT-A4-20125/5 56-660 R-SPT-A4-20160/20 56-664 R-SPT-A4-20200/60 56-666 R-SPT-A4-20300/160 56-672 R-SPT-A4-24260/100

M12

12

19

24

13

110

45

M16

16

24

30

18

130

110

M20

20

30

37

22

160

180

M24

24

36

44

26

200

320

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

31

RAWL
FOR CONCRETE

R-SPT THROUGHBOLT

Speci cation Data


RAWL SPT Throughbolt Zinc Plated Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH SIZE CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) REDUCED EMBEDMENT DEPTH DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC EDGE SPACING DISTANCE (mm) (mm) TENSION & SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

6.8 10.5 15.1 23.7 36.6 45.7 52.8

7.1 13.6 18.4 26.6 50.3 73.3 94.5

3.1 4.9 7.0 11.0 17.0 21.2 24.4

3.9 7.5 10.2 14.8 28.0 40.7 52.5

2.6 4.1 5.8 9.2 14.2 17.7 20.3

3.3 6.3 8.5 12.3 23.3 33.9 43.8

4.5 8.5 10.7 15.0 23.0 38.0 48.9

4.7 10.1 15.3 22.9 42.5 63.2 87.2

2.1 4.0 5.0 7.0 10.7 17.6 22.7

2.6 5.6 8.5 12.7 23.6 35.1 48.4

1.8 3.3 4.2 5.8 8.9 14.7 18.9

2.2 4.7 7.1 10.6 19.7 29.3 40.3

60 80 100 120 160 190 250

80 100 120 150 180 260 300

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Edge Distance Zinc Plated (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) M6 TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M6 SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

30 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160 190 220 250

0.60 0.73 0.60 0.64 0.87 0.73 0.82 0.62 1.00 0.87 0.65 1.00 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.83 0.65 1.00 0.80 0.67 1.00 0.83 0.65 1.00 0.84 0.62 1.00 0.77 0.65 1.00 0.74 0.58 0.88 0.77 0.65 0.87 0.73 0.58 1.00 0.88 0.74 1.00 0.82 0.66 1.00 0.83 1.00 0.78 0.91 0.88 1.00 1.00

30 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 180 190 220 260

0.65 0.77 0.65 0.88 0.77 0.65 1.00 0.88 0.77 0.65 1.00 0.88 0.77 0.65 1.00 0.88 0.77 1.00 0.88 0.74 1.00 0.83 0.74 0.91 0.83 1.00 0.91 1.00

RAWL SPT Throughbolt Stainless Steel Performance Data


CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) STANDARD EMBEDMENT DEPTH SIZE CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD (factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) REDUCED EMBEDMENT DEPTH DESIGN LOAD (factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC CHARACTERISTIC EDGE SPACING DISTANCE (mm) (mm) TENSION SHEAR TENSION & SHEAR (Ccr,N ) (Ccr,V ) (Scr,N ) (Scr,V )

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

7.6 11.1 17.5 26.3 40.5 54.3 64.7

8.0 14.7 23.1 33.5 61.4 96.0 131.2

3.5 5.1 8.1 12.2 18.8 25.1 30.0

4.4 8.1 12.8 18.6 34.1 53.3 72.9

2.9 4.3 6.8 10.2 15.7 20.9 25.0

3.7 6.8 10.7 15.5 28.4 44.4 60.8

5.0 9.2 11.1 17.2 28.1 47.1 60.9

5.7 11.3 19.3 28.7 51.8 79.4 103.4

2.3 4.3 5.2 8.0 13.0 21.8 28.2

3.2 6.3 10.7 15.9 28.8 36.5 57.5

1.9 3.6 4.3 6.7 10.8 18.2 23.5

2.7 5.3 8.9 13.3 24.0 30.4 47.9

60 80 100 120 160 190 230

80 100 110 140 180 210 230

120 150 170 210 270 310 350

Edge Distance Stainless Steel (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) M6 TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M6 SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

30 40 50 60 80 100 110 120 140 160 180 190 210 230

0.60 0.73 0.60 0.87 0.70 0.60 1.00 0.81 0.65 0.74 0.50 1.00 0.83 0.70 1.00 0.74 0.61 1.00 0.85 0.65 1.00 0.87 0.60 0.92 0.71 1.00 0.70 1.00 0.77 0.65 0.81 0.60 0.88 0.75 0.61 1.00 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.85 0.70 0.86 0.71 0.62 0.95 0.79 1.00 0.83 0.72 1.00 0.83 0.88 0.78 0.91 1.0 0.89 1.0 1.0

30 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 170 210 230 270 310 350

0.65 0.77 0.67 0.88 0.75 0.68 1.00 0.85 0.76 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.86 0.75 0.70 1.00 0.85 0.79 0.70 0.90 0.83 0.74 1.00 0.91 0.83 1.00 0.91 1.00
Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Rawl SPT.


The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method.

Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found.

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Lightly tap the throughbolt through the fixture into hole with a hammer, until fixing depth is reached.

4. Tighten to the recommended torque.

32

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

BRASS ANCHORS
FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK AND STONE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION Brass Anchor for medium loads. Anchor is set by torquing the screw or stud inducing expansion. Possibility of anchoring in substrates where a deep hole cannot be drilled. Surface-flush anchorage allows the attached item to be removed and refitted several times. Suitable for all screws and studs with a metric thread. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Non-cracked concrete 20 N/mm2 Solid Brickwork Stone

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Pipes e Suspended ceilings e Scaffoldings e Ventilation systems e Gates e Gratings e Consoles e Cable trays e Steel constructions

Brass Anchors

M - THREAD SIZE (mm)

D - HOLE DIAMETER (mm)

H - HOLE DEPTH (mm)

L - ANCHOR LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

7 8 10 12 15 20

22 27 32 43 40 48

20 25 30 40 38 45

100 100 100 100 50 50

2400 2400 2400 2400 1200 1200

TM-05 TM-06 TM-08 TM-10 TM-12 TM-16

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

33

R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR


FOR CONCRETE & STONE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION Provides permanently fixed threaded sockets in concrete. Allows bolts or studs to be installed and removed without damaging the anchor. Available in: zinc plated steel and stainless steel grade A4 (1.4401). Install with manual setting tool or mechanical setting tool for use with hammer action drilling machines. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Stone. FEATURES 1. Internally threaded to take stud or bolt. 2. Easy to install by hammer action. 3. Slotted sleeve and captive internal tapered wedge to facilitate easy setting and expansion.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e For permanently fixing threaded sockets in concrete and good quality stone. e Ideal for secure fixing for mechanical services, cable trays, platforms, drain covers, suspended ceilings etc. e Securing equipment that may need to be removed or replaced.

R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR - ZINC PLATED


THREAD SIZE (d) ANCHOR LENGTH (mm) (l) THREAD LENGTH (mm) (lG ) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho ) MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst ) PRODUCT CODE

ETA PENDING 2007

NEW CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

25 30 40 50 65 80

11 13 15 20 25 35

8 10 12 15 20 25

27 32 42 52 67 82

4.5 11 22 38 95 185

77-108 77-120 77-132 77-141 77-150 77-162

WA-06 WA-08 WA-10 WA-12 WA-16 WA-20

R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR - STAINLESS STEEL


THREAD SIZE (d) ANCHOR LENGTH (mm) (l) THREAD LENGTH (mm) (lG ) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho ) MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst ) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

25 30 40 50 65

11 13 15 20 25

8 10 12 15 20

27 32 42 52 67

4.5 11 22 38 95

77-608 77-620 77-632 77-641 77-650

WA-A4-06 WA-A4-08 WA-A4-10 WA-A4-12 WA-A4-16

Manual Setting Tool

Mechanical Setting Tool

THREAD SIZE (d)

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

THREAD SIZE (d)

GRIP TYPE

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

77-208 77-220 77-232 77-241 77-250 77-262

WA-ST-06 WA-ST-08 WA-ST-10 WA-ST-12 WA-ST-16 WA-ST-20

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

SDS-plus SDS-plus SDS-plus SDS-plus SDS-max SDS-max

77-209 77-221 77-233 77-242 77-251 77-263

WA-SDS-06 WA-SDS-08 WA-SDS-10 WA-SDS-12 WA-SDS-16 WA-SDS-20

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Insert wedge anchor, slotted end first.

4. Use the setting tool to drive the internal wedge into the anchor.

5. Alternatively use mechanical setting tool with appropriate drilling machine.

34

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR


FOR CONCRETE & STONE

Speci cation Data


R-DCA WEDGE ANCHOR Performance Data

CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) * TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

7.9 9.5 15.9 20.3 31.8 43.1

4.3 7.5 11.8 17.2 32.0 49.9

3.7 4.4 7.4 9.4 14.7 20.0

2.4 4.1 6.6 9.6 17.8 27.7

3.1 3.7 6.2 7.8 12.3 16.7

2.0 3.4 5.5 8.0 14.8 23.1

80 90 120 160 220 250

80 90 120 160 220 250

90 110 140 170 250 300

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Wedge Anchor The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two

lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Minimum Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 190 220 250

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

70 80 1.00 90 1.00 100 120 1.00 140 160 1.00 190 220 1.00 250 1.00

50 60 70 90 110 140 170 210 250 300

0.80 0.85 0.80 0.90 0.84 0.80 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.80 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.80 1.00 0.93 0.84 0.80 1.00 0.88 0.84 0.94 0.89 1.00 0.94 1.00

* It is recommended that Wedge anchors are not installed below the characteristic edge distances quoted in the table above.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

35

R-DCL LIPPED WEDGE ANCHOR


FOR CONCRETE & STONE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION The Lipped Wedge Anchor provides an easy to install fixing. Allows for bolts and studs to be installed and removed without effecting the anchor. Available in zinc plated steel. Install with manual setting tool or mechanical setting tool for use with hammer action drilling machines. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Stone. FEATURES 1. Internally threaded to take stud or bolt. 2. Easy to install flush to the surface. 3. Ideal for setting in cavity ceilings.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing mechanical services e Cable trays e Platforms e Drain covers e Suspended ceilings.

R-DCL WEDGE ANCHOR - Zinc plated


ANCHOR LENGTH (mm) (l) THREAD LENGTH (mm) (lG ) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho ) MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst )

ETA PENDING 2007

THREAD SIZE (d)

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

25 30 40 50 65

11 13 15 20 25

8 10 12 15 20

27 32 42 52 67

4.5 11 22 38 95

77-908 77-920 77-932 77-941 77-950

LWA-06L LWA-08L LWA-10L LWA-12L LWA-16L

Manual Setting Tool

Mechanical Setting Tool

THREAD SIZE (d)

NEW CODE

PRODUCT CODE

THREAD SIZE (d)

GRIP TYPE

NEW CODE

PRODUCT CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

77-208 77-220 77-232 77-241 77-250

WAN-ST-06-W1 WAN-ST-08-W1 WAN-ST-10-W1 WAN-ST-12-W1 WAN-ST-16-W1

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

SDS-plus SDS-plus SDS-plus SDS-plus SDS-max

77-209 77-221 77-233 77-242 77-251

WAN-SDS-06-W1 WAN-SDS-08-W1 WAN-SDS-10-W1 WAN-SDS-12-W1 WAN-SDS-16-W1

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Insert wedge anchor, slotted end first.

4. Use the setting tool to drive the internal wedge into the anchor.

5. Alternatively use mechanical setting tool with appropriate drilling machine.

36

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-DCL LIPPED WEDGE ANCHOR


FOR CONCRETE & STONE

Speci cation Data


R-DCL WEDGE ANCHOR Performance Data

CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) * TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

7.9 9.5 15.9 20.3 31.8

4.3 7.5 11.8 17.2 32.0

3.7 4.4 7.4 9.4 14.7

2.4 4.1 6.6 9.6 17.8

3.1 3.7 6.2 7.8 12.3

2.0 3.4 5.5 8.0 14.8

80 90 120 160 220

80 90 120 160 220

90 110 140 170 250

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Lipped Wedge Anchor. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two

lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Minimum Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 190 220 250

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

70 80 90 100 120 140 160 190 220 250

1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

50 60 70 90 110 140 170 210 250 300

0.80 0.85 0.90 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.92 1.00

0.80 0.86 0.91 1.00

0.80 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.88 0.94 1.00

* It is recommended that Wedge anchors are not installed below the characteristic edge distances quoted in the table above.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

37

RAWLBOLT
Product Information
Sw Dw

SHIELD ANCHOR LOOSE BOLT

FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & STONE

DESCRIPTION Worlds most popular expanding shield anchor. Easy to use with good load carrying capacity. Ideal general purpose anchor bolt with excellent tolerance to variation in hole size. The collapsible ferrule ensures positive clamping force is transmitted to the fixture. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Roller shutter doors Stone. e Fire doors e Steelwork e Security grills e Machinery e Pipework/duct work supports.

ho

FEATURES 1. Bolt lengths suitable for fixture thickness up to 150mm. 2. Ferrule marked with hole diameter for correct installation. 3. Pressed steel segments ensure consistent dimensional accuracy. 4. Optimum taper nut angle for maximum expansion in all substrates. 5. Shield available seperately.

RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Loose Bolt


FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) MAX. (mm) (T x) MIN. (mm) (T x) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) IN IN FIXTURE STRUCT. (mm) (mm) (df) (do) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2
CONCRETE BRICKWORK

REFERENCE

BOLT SIZE (d)

BOLT HEAD BOLT WASHER SHIELD DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (AF) (s) (l) (Dw) (S )
w

MINIMUM HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho)

EFFECTIVE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (hef) (hmin)

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

(Tinst)

(Tinst)

M6 10L M6 25L M6 40L M8 10L M8 25L M8 40L M10 10L M10 25L M10 50L M10 75L M12 10L M12 25L M12 40L M12 60L M16 15L M16 30L M16 60L M20 60L M20 100L M24 100L M24 150L

M6

M8

M10

M12

M16

M20 M24

55 70 85 65 80 95 75 90 115 140 90 105 120 140 125 150 180 195 235 255 300

10

12.5

45

13

17

50

17

21

60

19

24

75

24

30

115

30 36

37 50

130 150

10 25 40 10 25 40 10 25 50 75 10 25 40 60 15 30 60 60 100 100 150

6.5

12

50

35

70

6.5

5.0

9.0

14

55

40

80

15

7.5

11

16

65

50

100

27

13

13

20

85

60

120

50

23

0 10 30 25 60 25 100

17

25

125

95

190

120

22 26

32 38

140 160

115 125

220 240

230 400

44-015 44-020 44-025 44-055 44-060 44-065 44-105 44-110 44-115 44-120 44-155 44-160 44-165 44-170 44-205 44-210 44-215 44-255 44-260 44-305 44-310

RBL-M06/10 RBL-M06/25 RBL-M06/40 RBL-M08/10 RBL-M08/25 RBL-M08/40 RBL-M10/10 RBL-M10/25 RBL-M10/50 RBL-M10/75 RBL-M12/10 RBL-M12/25 RBL-M12/40 RBL-M12/60 RBL-M16/15 RBL-M16/30 RBL-M16/60 RBL-M20/60 RBL-M20/100 RBL-M24/100 RBL-M24/150

RAWLBOLT Shield
SHIELD LENGTH (mm) (s) HOLE DIAMETER IN STRUCTURE (mm) (do) MINIMUM HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho) EFFECTIVE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (hef) (hmin) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) 30N/mm2
CONCRETE

REFERENCE

20.5N/mm2
BRICKWORK

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

(Tinst)

(Tinst)

M6S M8S M10S M12S M16S M20S M24S 38 Technical Advisory Service

45 50 60 75 115 130 150

12 14 16 20 25 32 38

50 55 65 85 125 140 160

35 40 50 60 95 115 125

70 80 100 120 190 220 240

6.5 15 27 50 120 230 400

5.0 7.5 13 23

44-010 44-050 44-100 44-150 44-200 44-250 44-300

RB-M06 RB-M08 RB-M10 RB-M12 RB-M16 RB-M20 RB-M24

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWLBOLT
Speci cation Data

SHIELD ANCHOR LOOSE BOLT

RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Loose Bolt Performance Data


CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V) Brickwork = 20.5 N/mm2 RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION & SHEAR (Nrec) (Vrec)

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

9.6 12.1 16.7 24.6 57.4 79.4 99.0

8.2 12.8 20.9 30.5 55.3 88.1 122.8

4.5 5.6 7.7 11.4 26.6 36.8 45.8

4.5 7.1 11.6 16.9 30.7 48.9 68.2

3.8 4.7 6.4 9.5 22.2 30.7 38.2

3.8 5.9 9.7 14.1 25.6 40.8 56.8

80 100 120 160 190 250 280

100 120 160 180 260 300 350

120 150 180 250 290 330 420

1.8 2.3 2.9 4.3


Bolts above M12 are not recommended in brickwork. When calculating loads in brickwork, apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these figures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Rawlbolt Shield Anchor Loose Bolt The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method.

Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found.

Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

50 60 70 80 100 120 140 160 190 220 250 280

0.70 0.80 0.70 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

60 70 80 100 120 160 170 180 220 260 300 350

0.50 0.64 0.76 0.50 1.00 0.75 0.50 1.00 0.69 0.50 1.00 0.85 0.93 0.50 1.00 0.55 0.76 0.50 1.00 0.75 0.50 1.00 0.75 1.00

60 80 100 120 150 180 210 250 290 330 370 420

0.70 0.80 0.70 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

Brickwork Application
When installing into brickwork and there is a combined load in tension and shear, the resultant load must not exceed the quoted performance figure.

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth. Note: When fixing into brickwork, mortar joints should be avoided.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Remove bolt and washer. Insert shield and place fixture over the hole.

4. Insert bolt with washer through the fixture and tighten to the recommended torque.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

39

RAWLBOLT
Product Information
Sw

SHIELD ANCHOR BOLT PROJECTING

FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & STONE

Dw

DESCRIPTION Worlds most popular expanding shield anchor. Easy to use with good load carrying capacity. Ideal general purpose anchor bolt with excellent tolerance to variation in hole size. The collapsible ferrule ensures positive clamping force is transmitted to the fixture.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Stone. FEATURES 1. Provides a projecting stud to support fixture during installation and removal. 2. Ferrule marked with hole diameter for correct installation. 3. Pressed steel segments ensure consistent dimensional accuracy. 4. Optimum taper nut angle for maximum expansion in all substrates.

ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Roller shutter doors e Fire doors e Wall plates e Security grills e Machinery e Signs e Fencing.

RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Bolt Projecting


FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) MAX. (mm) (T x) MIN. (mm) (T x) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) IN IN FIXTURE STRUCT. (mm) (mm) (df) (do) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2
CONCRETE BRICKWORK

REFERENCE

BOLT SIZE (d)

NUT BOLT WASHER SHIELD DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER LENGTH (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (AF) (l) (s) (Dw) (Sw)

MINIMUM HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho)

EFFECTIVE MINIMUM EMBEDMENT SUBSTRATE DEPTH THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (hef) (hmin)

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

(Tinst)

(Tinst)

M6 10P M6 25P M6 60P M8 10P M8 25P M8 60P M10 15P M10 30P M10 60P M12 15P M12 30P M12 75P M16 15P M16 35P M16 75P M20 15P M20 30P M20 100P M24 75P M24 120P

M6

M8

M10

M12

M16

M20

M24

65 80 15 75 90 125 90 105 135 110 125 170 150 170 210 170 185 255 255 300

10

12.5

45

13

17

50

17

21

60

19

24

75

24

30

115

30

37

130

36

50

150

10 25 60 10 25 60 15 30 60 15 30 75 15 35 75 15 30 100 75 120

6.5

12

50

35

70

6.5

5.0

9.0

14

55

40

80

15

7.5

11

16

65

50

100

27

13

0 0 10 35 0 10 30 0 75

13

20

85

60

120

50

23

17

25

125

95

190

120

22

32

140

115

220

230

26

38

160

125

240

400

44-505 44-510 44-515 44-555 44-560 44-565 44-605 44-610 44-615 44-655 44-660 44-665 44-705 44-710 44-715 44-755 44-760 44-765 44-805 44-810

RBP-M06/10 RBP-M06/25 RBP-M06/60 RBP-M08/10 RBP-M08/25 RBP-M08/60 RBP-M10/15 RBP-M10/30 RBP-M10/60 RBP-M12/15 RBP-M12/30 RBP-M12/75 RBP-M16/15 RBP-M16/35 RBP-M16/75 RBP-M20/15 RBP-M20/30 RBP-M20/100 RBP-M24/75 RBP-M24/150

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth. Note: When fixing into brickwork, mortar joints should be avoided.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Remove nut and washer and insert anchor into hole. Position fixture over the thread.

4. Add washer and nut and tighten to recommended torque.

40

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWLBOLT
Speci cation Data

SHIELD ANCHOR BOLT PROJECTING


FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & STONE

RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Bolt Projecting Performance Data


CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V) BRICKWORK = 20.5 N/mm2 RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION & SHEAR (Nrec) (Vrec)

SIZE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

9.6 12.1 16.7 24.6 57.4 79.4 99.0

8.2 12.8 20.9 30.5 55.3 88.1 122.8

4.5 5.6 7.7 11.4 26.6 36.8 45.8

4.5 7.1 11.6 16.9 30.7 48.9 68.2

3.8 4.7 6.4 9.5 22.2 30.7 38.2

3.8 5.9 9.7 14.1 25.6 40.8 56.8

80 100 120 160 190 250 280

100 120 160 180 260 300 350

120 150 180 250 290 330 420

1.8 2.3 2.9 4.3


Bolts above M12 are not recommended in brickwork. When calculating loads in brickwork, apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these figures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Rawlbolt Bolt Projecting The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable,

the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required).

Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

50 60 70 80 100 120 140 160 190 220 250 280

0.70 0.80 0.70 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

60 70 80 100 120 160 170 180 220 260 300 350

0.50 0.64 0.76 0.50 1.00 0.75 0.50 1.00 0.69 0.50 1.00 0.85 0.93 0.50 1.00 0.55 0.76 0.50 1.00 0.75 0.50 1.00 0.75 1.00

60 80 100 120 150 180 210 250 290 330 370 420

0.70 0.80 0.70 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.70 1.00 0.90 0.78 1.00 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00

0.70 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

Brickwork Application
When installing into brickwork and there is a combined load in tension and shear, the resultant load must not exceed the quoted performance figure. Technical Advisory Service e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 41

RAWLBOLT
Product Information

SHIELD ANCHOR EYE BOLT

FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & STONE

DESCRIPTION Suitable for temporary or permanent anchorage. Supplied complete with shield, washer and hex nut. Must not be used for safety harness applications or for lifting where shock load could be applied. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Stone. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Supporting guy ropes, stays & cables. e Supporting ladder restraints.

ho

FEATURES 1. Eye designed & manufactured for maximum performance. 2. Ferrule marked with hole diameter to ensure correct installation. 3. Pressed steel segments ensure consistent dimensional accuracy. 4. Optimum geometry taper angle for maximum expansion in all substrates.

RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Eye Bolt


SHIELD LENGTH (mm) (s) OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) MINIMUM HOLE HOLE DIAMETER DEPTH IN STRUCTURE (mm) (mm) (ho) (do) EFFECTIVE APPROXIMATE EMBEDMENT DIAMETER DEPTH IN EYE (mm) (mm) (hef) (E) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) 30N/mm2
CONCRETE

REFERENCE

BOLT SIZE (d)

20.5N/mm2
BRICKWORK

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

(Tinst)

(Tinst)

M6E M8E M10E M12E

M6 M8 M10 M12

45 50 60 75

73 87 108 130

12 14 16 20

50 55 65 85

35 40 50 60

10 12 14 17

6.5 15 27 50

5 7.5 13 23

44-432 44-437 44-442 44-447

RBL-06E RBL-08E RBL-10E RBL-12E

Speci cation Data (Concrete Only)


RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Eye Bolt Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION ( Ccr,N ) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION (Scr,N ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) OBLIQUE 45o (Frec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) SHEAR ( Ccr,V ) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) SHEAR (Scr,V )

SIZE

M6 M8 M10 M12

5.3 9.6 15.2 22.1

2.4 4.5 7.0 10.2

2.0 3.8 5.8 8.5

80 100 120 160

120 150 180 250

0.57 1.67 2.31 3.23

70 85 100 130

80 100 120 160

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11 For brickwork data in tension only, refer to standard Rawlbolt brickwork table on preceding pages

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth. Note: When fixing into brickwork, mortar joints should be avoided.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Insert the Eye Bolt and position accordingly.

4. Tighten to recommended torque, using the nut (not the eye).

42

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWLBOLT
Product Information

SHIELD ANCHOR HOOK BOLT


FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & STONE

DESCRIPTION Suitable for temporary or permanent anchorage. Supplied complete with shield, washer and hex nut. Must not be used for safety harness applications or for lifting where shock load could be applied. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Stone. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Supporting guy ropes, stays & cables. e Supporting ladder restraints.

FEATURES 1. Eye designed & manufactured for maximum performance. 2. Ferrule marked with hole diameter to ensure correct installation. 3. Pressed steel segments ensure consistent dimensional accuracy. 4. Optimum geometry taper angle for maximum expansion in all substrates.

ho

RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Hook Bolt


BOLT SIZE (d) SHIELD LENGTH (mm) (s) OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) HOLE MINIMUM DIAMETER HOLE IN STRUCTURE DEPTH (mm) (mm) (do) (ho) EFFECTIVE APPROXIMATE EMBEDMENT DIAMETER DEPTH IN HOOK (mm) (mm) (hef) (H) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) 30N/mm2
CONCRETE

REFERENCE

20.5N/mm2
BRICKWORK

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

(Tinst)

(Tinst)

M6H M8H M10H M12H

M6 M8 M10 M12

45 50 60 75

83 98 120 145

12 14 16 20

50 55 65 85

35 40 50 60

8 10 12 16

6.5 15 27 50

5 7.5 13 23

44-401 44-406 44-411 44-416

RBL-06H RBL-08H RBL-10H RBL-12H

Speci cation Data


RAWLBOLT Shield Anchor Hook Bolt Performance Data
BRICKWORK AND CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) Tension (NRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) Tension (NRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) Tension (Nrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) Tension ( Ccr,N ) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) Tension (Scr,N )

SIZE

M6 M8 M10 M12

2.2 4.2 6.5 9.4

1.0 1.9 3.0 4.3

0.8 1.6 2.5 3.6

70 85 100 120

80 100 120 140

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth. Note: When fixing into brickwork, mortar joints should be avoided.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Insert the Hook Bolt and position accordingly.

4. Tighten to recommended torque, using the nut (not the hook).

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

43

RAWLOK
Product Information
Sw

BOLT PROJECTING

FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE

Dw

DESCRIPTION The Rawlok is a torque controlled expansion anchor comprising a split sleeve and a bolt incorporating an expander wedge. It is a through fixing, thus allowing the hole in the substrate to be drilled through the pre-positioned fixture, eliminating the need for marking out, ensuring fast and simple installation. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Blockwork Stone.

FEATURES 1. Bolt and drill size marked on sleeve to ensure correct installation. 2. Integral collapse feature to ensure maximum clamping force is applied to the fixture. 3. Anchor designed for optimum performance in most base material types. 3. One piece flange nut.

minimum ho

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Stadium seating e Radiators e Satellite dishes e Signs e Shutters e Garage doors

RAWLOK Bolt Projecting - Zinc plated

BOLT SIZE (d)

MINIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM NUT BOLT FLANGE EFFECTIVE SUBSTRATES FIXTURE HOLE DEPTH DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER EMBEDMENT THICKNESS THICKNESS IN STRUCTURE (mm) (mm) (mm) DEPTH (mm) (mm) (mm) (AF) (l) (Dw) (mm) (ho) (hmin) (T x) (Sw) (hef)

HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df)

RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE(Nm)

(ZINC PLATED) PRODUCT CODE

IN CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK STRUCTURE 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2 (mm) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (do)

NEW CODE

56 40 M6 65 50 M8 75 95 60 75 M10 100 130 110 M12 145

M5

8 10

12 14

13

17

15

21

18

26

25 10 35 10 36 55 10 27 50 80 55 85

30 35

26 26

50 55

8 10

6.5 8

2.5 6.0

2.5 6.0

1.5 3.0

1.0 2.0

40

36

65

12

10

11.0

11.0

6.0

4.0

55

43

85

14

12

22.0

22.0

11.0

8.0

60

50

90

18

16

38.0

38.0

25.0

12.0

69-506 69-508 69-510 69-514 69-516 69-518 69-520 69-522 69-524 69-525 69-528 69-530

RLK-P-05056 RLK-P-06040 RLK-P-06065 RLK-P-08050 RLK-P-08075 RLK-P-08095 RLK-P-10060 RLK-P-10070 RLK-P-10100 RLK-P-10130 RLK-P-12110 RLK-P-12145

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth. Note: Fixing into mortar joints should be avoided.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Insert Rawlok Sleeve Anchor through the fixture into the hole.

4. Tighten to recommended torque with torque wrench.

44

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWLOK
Speci cation Data
RAWLOK Bolt Projecting Performance Data

BOLT PROJECTING

FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE

CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD FACTORED (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD UNFACTORED (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N ) SHEAR (Ccr,V ) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

SIZE

M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

5.0 6.9 9.3 11.4 14.5

3.6 5.4 9.0 12.6 19.8

2.3 3.2 4.3 5.3 6.7

2.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 11.0

1.9 2.7 3.6 4.4 5.6

1.9 2.5 4.2 5.8 9.2

60 70 80 100 120

60 80 100 120 160

60 80 100 120 160

BRICKWORK, fck = 20.5N/mm2 SIZE CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec )

BLOCKWORK, fck = 14N/mm2 CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk )

BLOCKWORK, fck = 7N/mm2 DESIGN LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec )

SHEAR (VRk )

M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

2.4 3.7 5.0 6.0 7.3

3.4 5.2 8.6 10.3 13.1

1.1 1.7 2.3 2.8 3.4

1.9 2.9 4.8 5.7 7.3

0.9 1.4 1.9 2.3 2.8

1.6 2.4 4.0 4.8 6.1

1.9 3.2 4.5 5.6 6.9

3.4 5.2 8.6 10.3 13.1

0.9 1.5 2.1 2.6 3.2

1.9 2.9 4.8 5.7 7.3

0.8 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.7

1.6 2.4 4.0 4.8 6.1

1.5 2.4 3.5 4.5 5.8

2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1 3.4

0.7 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.7

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9

0.6 0.9 1.3 1.8 2.3

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.6

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11 When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these figures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Rawlok Sleeve Anchor Bolt Projecting. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method.

Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found.

Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160

0.75 0.87 1.00

0.79 0.89 1.00

0.81 0.91 1.00

0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

0.81 0.87 1.00

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160

0.58 0.79 1.00

0.53 0.69 0.84 1.00

0.50 0.62 0.75 0.87 1.00

0.48 0.58 0.69 0.79 1.00

0.45 0.53 0.69 0.84 1.00

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160

0.80 0.90 1.00

0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 1.00

0.74 0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

45

RAWLOK
Product Information
Sw

LOOSE BOLT

FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE

Dw

DESCRIPTION All purpose expansion anchor for use in medium weight applications in brickwork, blockwork and hard masonry. Through fixing, allows drilling through pre-positioned fixture. No marking out required. Available in yellow passivated zinc plated steel and stainless steel. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Blockwork Stone.

FEATURES 1. 5.8 grade bolt for high performance. 2. Bolt and drill size marked on sleeve for accurate installation. 3. Integral collapse feature to ensure maximum clamping force is applied to the fixture. 4. Anchor designed for optimum performance in most base materials. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Stadium seating e Radiators e Signs e Satellite dishes e Wall plates e Shutters e Garage doors.

minimum ho

RAWLOK Loose Bolt - Zinc plated


MINIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM HEAD BOLT WASHER EFFECTIVE FIXTURE HOLE DEPTH SUBSTRATES DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER EMBEDMENT THICKNESS INSTRUCTURE THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (mm) DEPTH (mm) (mm) (mm) (AF) (l) (Dw) (mm) (ho) (hmin) (T x) (Sw) (hef) HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df) RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

BOLT SIZE (d)

IN CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK STRUCTURE 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2 (mm) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (do)

60 80 70 M10 100 M8

13 17

24 30

15 35 14 44

45 55

70 85

32 40

12 14

10 12

11.0 22.0

11.0 22.0

6.0 11.0

4.0 8.0

69-715 69-716 69-722 69-721

RLK-L-08060 RLK-L-08080 RLK-L-10070 RLK-L-10100

RAWLOK Loose Bolt - Stainless Steel


MINIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM HEAD BOLT WASHER EFFECTIVE FIXTURE HOLE DEPTH SUBSTRATES DIAMETER LENGTH DIAMETER EMBEDMENT THICKNESS INSTRUCTURE THICKNESS (mm) (mm) (mm) DEPTH (mm) (mm) (mm) (AF) (l) (Dw) (mm) (ho) (hmin) (T x) (Sw) (hef) HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df) RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

BOLT SIZE (d)

IN CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK STRUCTURE 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2 (mm) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (do)

M6 M8 M10

40 50 75

10 13 15

14 17 21

10 10 27

35 40 55

55 65 85

26 36 43

10 12 14

8 10 12

6.0 11.0 22.0

6.0 11.0 22.0

3.0 6.0 11.0

2.0 4.0 8.0

69-308 RLK-A2-06040 69-314 RLK-A2-08050 69-322 RLK-A2-10075

RAWLOK Countersunk - Zinc plated


W

min. ho

MINIMUM MINIMUM HOLE DIAMETER RECOMMENDED TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm) MINIMUM HEAD MAXIMUM BOLT HOLE DEPTH EFFECTIVE BOLT SUBSTRATES DIAMETER FIXTURE LENGTH IN EMBEDMENT IN IN SIZE THICKNESS (mm) THICKNESS CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK (mm) STRUCTURE DEPTH FIXTURE STRUCTURE (d) (mm) (mm) (AF) 30N/mm2 20.5N/mm2 14N/mm2 7N/mm2 (l) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (T x) (hmin) (Sw) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (Tinst) (ho) (hef) (do) (df)

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

M5

53 80

12

25 46

30

50

27

6.5

2.5

2.5

1.5

69-572 RLK-C-05053 69-574 RLK-C-05080

46

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWLOK
Speci cation Data
RAWLOK Loose Bolt/Countersunk Performance Data

LOOSE BOLT

FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & STONE

CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD FACTORED (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD UNFACTORED (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec ) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N ) SHEAR (Ccr,V ) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

SIZE

M5 M6 M8 M10

5.0 6.9 9.3 11.4

3.6 5.4 9.0 12.6

2.3 3.2 4.3 5.3

2.0 3.0 5.0 7.0

1.9 2.7 3.6 4.4

1.7 2.5 4.2 5.8

60 70 80 100

60 80 100 120
BLOCKWORK, fck = 7N/mm2

60 80 100 120

BRICKWORK, fck = 20.5N/mm2 SIZE CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec )

BLOCKWORK, fck = 14N/mm2 CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk ) DESIGN LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd ) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec )

CHARACTERISTIC LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRk ) SHEAR (VRk )

DESIGN LOAD (kN) TENSION (NRd ) SHEAR (VRd )

RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) TENSION (Nrec ) SHEAR (Vrec )

M5 M6 M8 M10

2.4 3.7 5.0 6.0

3.4 5.2 8.6 10.3

1.1 1.7 2.3 2.8

1.9 2.9 4.8 5.7

0.9 1.4 1.9 2.3

1.6 2.4 4.0 4.8

1.9 3.2 4.5 5.6

3.4 5.2 8.6 10.3

0.9 1.5 2.1 2.6

1.9 2.9 4.8 5.7

0.8 1.3 1.8 2.2

1.6 2.4 4.0 4.8

1.5 2.4 3.5 4.5

2.3 2.5 2.7 3.1

0.7 1.1 1.6 2.1

1.3 1.4 1.5 1.7

0.6 0.9 1.3 1.8

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11 When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these figures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

Reduction Factors - Edge and Spacing Distances for Rawlok Loose Bolt. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method.

Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found.

Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/ or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M5 M6 M8 M10 EDGE (mm) SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M5 M6 M8 M10

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M5 M6 M8 M10

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120

0.75 0.87 1.00

0.79 0.89 1.00

0.81 0.91 1.00

0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120

0.58 0.79 1.00

0.53 0.69 0.84 1.00

0.50 0.62 0.75 0.87 1.00

0.48 0.58 0.69 0.79 1.00

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120

0.80 0.90 1.00

0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 1.00

Installation

1. Drill a hole of required diameter and depth. Note: When fixing into brickwork, mortar joints should be avoided.

2. Remove debris and thoroughly clean hole with brush and pump.

3. Insert Rawlok Sleeve Anchor through the fixture into the hole.

4. Tighten to recommended torque with torque wrench.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

47

R-CAS RAWL CAPSULE


FOR CONCRETE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION R-CAS is a high performance resin anchor system for use in safety critical applications. The system relies on the adhesion between the concrete and resin, which is free from expansion forces. This makes it an ideal choice where there are close edge and spacing distances. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Heavy Machinery e Structural Steel to concrete FEATURES 1. High performance. 2. Quick and easy to install. 3. Capsule contains exact amounts of ingredients making it a very consistent product. 4. Adhesive strength is not affected by unpolluted water (curing time will be affected). 5. Suitable for overhead applications. 6. Suitable for use in wet conditions.

RAWL R-CAS Capsules


CAPSULE SIZE (d) CAPSULE LENGTH (mm) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) HOLE DIAMETER IN CONCRETE (mm) (do) HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df) HOLE DEPTH IN CONCRETE (mm) (ho) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) IN CONCRETE

CAPSULES PER BOX

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

80 80 95 95 175 210 265

17 28 36 42 65 55 65

10 12 14 18 25 28 35

9 11 13 17 22 26 33

80 90 110 125 170 210 280

11 22 38 95 150 200 320

10 10 10 10 6 6 6

60-428 60-430 60-432 60-436 60-442 60-446 60-450

R-CAS-08 R-CAS-10 R-CAS-12 R-CAS-16 R-CAS-20 R-CAS-24 R-CAS-30

Boxes of M8 to M16 contain a socket driver suitable for a standard drill chuck. Please see accessories on page 64 for additional socket drivers. For range of internally threaded sockets see accessories page 65.

RAWL R-CAS Studs (Also suitable for all cartridge resin systems)

STUD THREAD SIZE (mm) (d)

STUD OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l)

NUT DIAMETER (mm) (AF) (Sw)

WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (Dw)

STUD PRODUCT CODES (Complete with nut and washer) STUDS PER BOX/ PACK ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE R-CAS Stud Drivers PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

110 130 160 190 260 295 380

13 17 19 24 30 36 46

17 21 24 30 37 44 56

10 10 10 10 6 6 5

60-708 60-710 60-712 60-716 60-720 60-724

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295 STUDS-30380

60-906 60-911 60-916 60-921 60-926 60-931

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4

60-649 60-653 60-661

STUDS-08110-05 STUDS-10130-05 STUDS-12160-05

BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (oC)

> 20

11 20

6 10

15

-5 0

Curing time dry Curing time wet 48 Technical Advisory Service

30 mins 1 hour

1 hour 2 hours

3 hours 6 hours

6 hours 12 hours

15 hours 30 hours

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-CAS RAWL CAPSULE


FOR CONCRETE

Speci cation Data


RAWL R-CAS Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

15.4 23.8 35.1 64.4 103.9 138.3 213.9

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 95.7 152.5

8.3 11.3 15.9 28.0 43.3 55.3 85.5

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 76.6 122.0

5.9 8.1 11.4 20.0 30.9 39.5 61.1

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 54.7 87.1

100 130 150 170 220 260 340

130 150 170 190 220 260 340

130 150 170 190 220 260 340

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M8 SHEAR: EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 220 260 300 340

0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.0

0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.0

0.74 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.96 1.0

0.77 0.81 0.89 0.77 0.96 0.83 0.76 1.0 0.88 0.81 0.94 0.86 0.75 1.0 0.93 0.80 1.0 0.88 0.92 1.0

0.50 0.58 0.66 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.0

0.50 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.78 0.93 1.0

0.50 0.56 0.62 0.69 0.81 0.94 1.0

0.52 0.58 0.68 0.79 0.89 1.0

0.50 0.59 0.68 0.77 0.86 1.0

0.50 0.57 0.65 0.73 0.85 1.0

0.50 0.56 0.65 0.76 0.88 1.0

60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 220 260 300 340

0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.0

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.97 1.0

0.80 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.92 0.97 1.0

0.81 0.83 0.87 0.92 0.96 1.0

0.80 0.84 0.87 0.91 0.95 1.0

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.89 0.94 1.0

0.80 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.0

Installation

1. Drill correct diameter and depth of hole for the stud or socket.

2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times.

3. Insert R-CAS capsule into the hole. Connect stud or socket to drilling machine using the appropriate driver system.

4. Offer stud or socket up to capsule and switch on machine. Drive stud or socket into capsule. To prevent over mixing, stop as soon as bottom of hole is reached. Leave undisturbed until resin has set.

5. Position fixture and tighten to recommended torque.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

49

R-HAC RAWL CAPSULE


FOR CONCRETE

Product Information

DESCRIPTION R-HAC capsule range is a high performance fixing system that offers a quick and simple method of fixing either threaded studs or rebar into solid concrete. Simply installed by hammering the stud or rebar through the capsule using a hammer or mechanical drill. Not suitable for overhead applications. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete.

FEATURES 1. High performance. 2. Quick and easy to install. 3. No expensive tooling required for installation. 4. Long shelf life. 5. Double capsules can be used for deep embedment. 6. Ideal for starter bar applications.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Starter Bar (Rebar) e Studding

RAWL R-HAC (Studding)


If you are bonding rebar into reinforced concrete, where the size, position etc. of the reinforcing is known, then design principles contained within Eurocode 2 can be adopted instead of the design recommendations contained within this manual.
CAPSULE DIAMETER (mm) CAPSULE LENGTH (mm) HOLE DIAMETER IN CONCRETE (mm) (do) HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm) (df) HOLE DEPTH IN CONCRETE (mm) (ho) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) CAPSULES CODES CAPSULES PER BOX/PACK PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

85 85 95 95 140 215 270

10 12 14 18 25 28 35

9 11 13 17 22 26 32

85 85 110 140 180 210 265

6 12 20 45 100 150 300

10 10 10 10 6 6 6

60-600 60-601 60-602 60-603 60-604 60-605 60-606

R-HAC-08 R-HAC-10 R-HAC-12 R-HAC-16 R-HAC-20 R-HAC-24 R-HAC-30

Rebar
CAPSULE TYPE REBAR NOMINAL DIAMETER (mm) (d) ACTUAL DIAMETER (mm) (df) HOLE DIAMETER IN CONCRETE (mm) (do) HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho) NUMBER OF CAPSULES HOLE DEPTH (mm) (ho) NUMBER OF CAPSULES PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

10 12 16 20 25 32

11.5 13.9 18.7 23.4 29.2 37.4

13 15 20 25 30 38

85 110 140 180 210 265

1 1 1 1 1 1

170 220 280 360 420 530

2 2 2 2 2 2

60-601 60-602 60-603 60-604 60-605 60-606

R-HAC-10 R-HAC-12 R-HAC-16 R-HAC-20 R-HAC-24 R-HAC-30

BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C)

> 20

11 20

1 10

-5 0

Curing time

1 hour

2 hours

5 hours

10 hours

Installation

1. Drill appropriate hole for anchor taking care to achieve the exact hole depth.

2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times.

3. Insert capsule(s).

4. The rebar is simply hammered through the capsule using a manual hammer (M8 - M12) or mechanical hammer (M16 - M30). Leave undisturbed until resin has set.

5. Pour new concrete.

50

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-HAC RAWL CAPSULE


FOR CONCRETE

Speci cation Data


RAWL R-HAC Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

SIZE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

12.3 19.4 29.2 51.2 76.8 94.6 119.6

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 95.7 153.3

6.1 9.7 13.9 23.3 33.4 39.4 47.9

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 76.6 122.6

4.4 6.9 9.9 16.6 23.9 28.1 34.2

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 54.7 87.6

80 90 110 130 150 190 240

100 130 150 170 190 240 280

100 130 150 170 210 240 280

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11 Performance is based on single capsule embedment.

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances. The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 210 240 280

0.77 0.85 0.80 0.92 0.87 0.78 1.00 0.93 0.84 1.00 0.89 0.82 0.95 0.86 0.80 1.00 0.91 0.84 0.77 1.00 0.92 0.83 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.97 0.86 1.00 0.90 0.94 1.00

0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

0.50 0.58 0.66 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.78 0.92 1.00

0.56 0.62 0.69 0.81 0.94 1.00

0.56 0.61 0.72 0.83 0.94 1.00

0.50 0.59 0.68 0.77 0.86 0.95 1.00

0.50 0.58 0.65 0.73 0.85 1.00

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 210 240 280

0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.97 1.00

0.81 0.84 0.86 0.91 0.95 1.00

0.80 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.94 0.98 1.00

0.79 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.92 0.95 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.91 0.95 1.00

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

51

CFS RV200 VINYLESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN


FOR CONCRETE AND STONE

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Curtain walling e Balustrading e Handrails e Canopies e Rebar DESCRIPTION RV200 is a high performance, styrene free vinylester resin that is suitable for use in concrete, and other solid masonry structures. This makes it ideal for applications where conventional expansion anchors present problems. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Stone

ETA PENDING 2007

Available from June 2007

RV200 Vinylester Styrene Free Resin 300 ml


DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

CFS GUN

4 FOILS & 4 NOZZLES 12 FOILS & 12 NOZZLES 24 FOILS

4 Pack 12 Pack 24 Pack

CFS-RV200-4 CFS-RV200-12 CFS-RV200-24


DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE

300 ml

CFS-GUN

CFS NOZZLE
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

4 Pack 24 Pack

CFS-NOZ-4 CFS-NOZ-24

Stud Data
STUD THREAD SIZE (mm) (d) STUD OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (D w) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) HOLE DIAMETER IN CONCRETE (mm) (do) HOLE STANDARD DIAMETER EMBEDMENT IN IN FIXTURE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (df) (ho) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) CONCRETE STUD PRODUCT CODES ZINC PLATED NEW CODE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 NEW CODE APPROX. No. OF HOLES PER 300ML CARTRIDGE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP M30

110 130 160 190 260 260 295 295 380

17 21 24 30 37 37 44 44 56

17 28 36 42 90 65 95 55 65

10 12 14 18 24 24 28 28 35

9 11 13 17 22 22 26 26 33

80 90 110 125 145 180 180 210 280

11 22 38 95 150 150 200 200 320

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295 STUDS-24295 STUDS-30380


BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C)

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4 STUDS-24295-A4 -

66 48 33 22 6 5 5 4 2

The specification of longer studs will allow greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment should be observed.

We recommend that for embedment above 500 mm and 20 mm in diameter a power operated resin gun should be used. Please contact the Rawl Technical Advisory Service for further advice.

WORKING TIME

CURING TIME

-5 - 0 0-5 5 - 10 10 - 20 20 - 30 30 - 35 > 35

40 mins 30 mins 18 mins 12 mins 6 mins 3 mins 1,5 mins

6 hours 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour 20 mins 45 mins 25 mins 20 mins

Installation Solid Substrates


1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for stud size being used. 2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times. 3. Insert foil into CFS gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour. Then insert nozzle and then pump into hole. 4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

52

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

CFS RV200 VINYLESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN


FOR CONCRETE AND STONE

Speci cation Data

Performance Data
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) SIZE TENSION (NRk)
5,8 Grade 8,8 Grade

DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd)


5,8 Grade 8,8 Grade

RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec)


5,8 Grade 8,8 Grade

CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) 120 135 165 190 235 255 280 315 440 SHEAR (Ccr,V) 135 165 190 235 255 255 315 315 440

CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr)

SHEAR (VRk)
5,8 Grade 8,8 Grade

SHEAR (VRd)
5,8 Grade 8,8 Grade

SHEAR (Vrec)
5,8 Grade 8,8 Grade

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP M30

17.2 27.6 39.9 74.5 103.3 115.8 128.9 145.8 210.1

26.9 42.6 54.1 74.5 103.3 115.8 128.9 145.8 210.1

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 66.8 95.7 95.7 155.7

15.4 24.1 35.2 65.1 106.4 106.4 152.5 152.5 248.6

9.1 13.1 18.1 32.4 43.0 48.3 51.6 58.3 77.8

14.1 20.3 24.6 32.4 43.0 48.3 51.6 58.3 77.8

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 53.4 76.6 76.6 124.6

12.3 19.3 28.2 52.1 85.1 85.1 122.0 122.0 198.8

6.5 9.4 12.9 23.1 30.7 34.5 36.8 41.6 55.6

10.1 14.5 17.6 23.1 30.7 34.5 36.8 41.6 55.6

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 38.2 54.7 54.7 89.0

8.8 13.8 20.1 37.2 60.8 60.8 87.1 87.1 142.0

120 135 165 190 235 255 280 315 440

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 M30 DEEP M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 M24 M24 M30 DEEP DEEP

80 90 100 110 120 125 135 165 190 210 235 255 280 315 380 440

0.67 0.75 0.84 0.92 1.0

0.67 0.73 0.80 0.87 0.92 1.0

0.67 0.73 0.77 0.66 0.83 0.71 1.0 0.87 0.70 1.0 0.8 0.89 1.0

0.58 0.65 0.73 0.80 0.88 0.92 1.0 0.65 0.74 0.67 0.82 0.74 0.67 0.92 0.83 0.75 1.0 0.9 0.82 1.0 0.90 0.65 1.0 0.73 0.87 1.0

0.53 0.60 0.66 0.72 0.76 0.82 1.0

0.53 0.59 0.64 0.67 0.72 0.89 1.0

0.52 0.55 0.59 0.71 0.83 0.9 1.0

0.53 0.65 0.75 0.83 0.93 1.0

0.52 0.60 0.66 0.74 0.81 0.89 1.0

0.53 0.58 0.64 0.72 0.87 1.0

60 70 80 90 100 110 120 135 165 190 235 255 280 315 380 440

0.79 0.83 0.87 0.91 0.94 0.97 1.0

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.90 0.93 0.96 1.0

0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.0

0.81 0.84 0.86 0.90 0.96 1.0

0.81 0.83 0.86 0.91 0.94 1.0

0.79 0.81 0.84 0.89 0.92 0.98 1.0

0.79 0.81 0.86 0.90 0.95 0.97 1.0

0.77 0.80 0.84 0.87 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.0

0.77 0.80 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.96 1.0

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

53

CFS RM50 POLYESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION RM50 is a high performance, styrene free resin that is suitable for use in concrete, and other solid or hollow masonry structures. This makes it ideal for applications where conventional expansion anchors are not appropriate. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Blockwork Stone

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Curtain walling e Balustrading e Handrails e Canopies e Rebar

CFS GUN

RM50 Polyester Styrene Free Resin 300 ml


DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE

4 FOILS & 4 NOZZLES 12 FOILS & 12 NOZZLES 24 FOILS

4 Pack 12 Pack 24 Pack

CFS-RM50-4 CFS-RM50-12 CFS-RM50-24

300 ml

CFS-GUN

CFS NOZZLE
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

4 Pack 24 Pack

CFS-NOZ-4 CFS-NOZ-24

Stud Data
STUD THREAD SIZE (mm) (d) STUD OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (D w) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) HOLE DIAMETER IN CONCRETE (mm) (do) HOLE Standard DIAMETER embedment IN IN FIXTURE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (df) (ho) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) CONCRETE BRICKWORK PRODUCT CODE STUD PRODUCT CODES ZINC PLATED NEW CODE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE APPROX No. OF HOLES PER 300ML CARTRIDGE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP

110 130 160 190 260 260 295 295

17 21 24 30 37 37 44 44

17 28 36 42 90 55 85 55

10 12 14 18 24 24 28 28

9 11 13 17 22 22 26 26

80 90 110 125 145 180 180 210

11 22 38 95 150 150 200 200

2 6 11 24 -

60-708 60-710 60-712 60-716 60-720 60-720 60-724 60-724

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295 STUDS-24295

60-906 60-911 60-916 60-921 60-926 60-926 60-931 60-931

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4 STUD-24295-A4

66 48 33 22 6 5 5 4

Note: For perforated brickwork and hollow block work a mesh sleeve must be inserted into the hole prior to the resin being pumped. The specification of longer studs will allow greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment should be observed. For embedment above 500 mm and diameters above M20 please consult the Rawlplug Technical Advisory Service.
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME

30 20 10 5

3 mins 7 mins 22 mins 30 mins

25 mins 50 mins 1 hour 30 mins 3 hours 20 mins

Installation Solid Substrates


1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for stud size being used. 2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times. 3. Insert foil into CFS gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour. Then insert nozzle and pump into hole. 4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

Installation Hollow Substrates & Substrates with Voids


1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for mesh sleeve being used. 2. Insert sleeve into hole. 3. Insert foil into CFS gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour. Then insert nozzle and pump to fill sleeve. 4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

54

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

CFS RM50 POLYESTER STYRENE FREE RESIN


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Speci cation Data


Performance Data at Standard Embedment Depth
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN RESISTANCE RECOMMENDED LOAD SPACING DISTANCE (Factored) (kN) (Unfactored) (kN) (mm) (mm) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V) SIZE RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) (Unfactored) TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec) BRICKWORK 20.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 7N/mm2 BLOCKWORK BLOCKWORK 3.5N/mm2 2.8N/mm2

SIZE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP

11.5 20.0 28.7 45.7 62.0 69.7 79.3 87.9

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 66.8 95.7 95.7

5.1 8.3 11.5 16.6 20.9 23.2 26.4 29.3

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 53.4 76.6 76.6

3.6 5.9 8.2 11.9 15.0 16.6 18.9 20.9

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 38.2 54.7 54.7

80 90 110 130 150 180 190 220

100 130 150 170 190 190 240 240

100 130 150 170 210 230 240 270

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

1.4 2.9 4.0 5.0

0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0

0.5 0.9 1.1

0.4 0.7 0.9

SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

SIZES ABOVE M12 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork, apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these gures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11.

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 180 190 220 240

0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

0.80 0.87 0.93 1.00

0.78 0.84 0.89 0.95 1.00

0.82 0.86 0.91 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.97 1.00 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.89 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.58 0.66 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.78 0.92 1.00

0.56 0.62 0.69 0.81 0.94 1.00

0.56 0.61 0.72 0.83 0.94 0.98 1.00

0.50 0.59 0.68 0.77 0.81 0.86 0.97 1.00

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 210 230 240 270

0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.97 1.00

0.81 0.84 0.86 0.91 0.95 1.00

0.80 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.94 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.87 0.90 0.97 1.00

0.79 0.83 0.86 0.89 0.95 0.98 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00

Performance Data for Reinforcement Bars


If you are bonding rebar into reinforced concrete, where the size, position etc. of the reinforcing is known, then design principles contained within Eurocode 2 can be adopted instead of the design recommendations contained within this manual. Concrete Strength Class: C20/25 (25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 30N/mm2 150mm Cube). Reinforcement Bar: Minimum Yield Strength fyk 460N/mm2. Note: Performance based on clean holes; blown and then brushed with a stiff nylon brush.
REBAR DIA. HOLE DIA. (mm) 8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) (kN) EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

10.7 13.3 16.0 18.7 14.9 17.9 20.9 19.6 22.9 24.7 MINIMUM

21.3 23.8 26.1 28.2 REBAR DEPTH 30.2 80 100 120 140 160

21.9 26.8 29.4 31.7 33.9 180

21.9 29.8 32.6 35.3 37.7 200

21.9 32.8 35.9 38.8 41.5 220

21.9 34.2 39.2 42.3 45.2 240 105 114 124 134 500

21.9 34.2 42.4 45.8 49.0 260 116 125 137 148 550

21.9 34.2 45.7 49.4 52.8 280 126 137 149 161 600

21.9 34.2 49.0 52.9 56.5 300 137 159 174 188 700

21.9 34.2 49.2 56.4 60.3 320 137 182 199 215 800

21.9 34.2 49.2 59.9 64.1 340 137 205 224 241 900

21.9 34.2 49.2 63.5 67.9 360 137 214 249 268 1000

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 71.6 380 137 214 274 295 1100

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 75.4 400 137 214 299 322 1200

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 79.2 420 137 214 323 349 1300

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 82.9 440 137 214 350 402 1500

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 86.7 460 137 214 350 456 1700

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 480 137 214 350 510 1900

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 500 137 214 350 546 2100

164 230 301 379 464 648 937 1406 2037


EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)
REBAR DIA. HOLE DIA. (mm)

42.1 47.4 52.7 61.8 67.4 78.7 84.3 94.8 56.9 62.6 68.3 79.7 91.1 103 74.6 87.1 99.5 112 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 107 121 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) (kN)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)

7.1 8.9 10.7 12.5 9.9 11.9 13.9 13.1 15.3 16.5 MINIMUM

14.2 15.9 17.4 18.8 REBAR DEPTH 20.1 80 100 120 140 160

14.6 17.9 19.6 21.1 22.6 180

14.6 19.9 21.7 23.5 25.1 200

14.6 21.9 23.9 25.9 27.7 220

14.6 22.8 26.1 28.2 30.1 240 70.3 75.9 83 89 500

14.6 22.8 28.3 30.5 32.7 260 77.3 84 91 98 550

14.6 22.8 30.5 32.9 35.2 280 84.3 91 100 107 600

14.6 22.8 32.7 35.3 37.7 300 91.1 106 116 125 700

14.6 22.8 32.8 37.6 40.2 320 91.1 121 133 143 800

14.6 22.8 32.8 39.9 42.7 340 91.1 137 149 161 900

14.6 22.8 32.8 42.3 45.3 360 91.1 142 166 179 1000

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 47.7 380 91.1 142 182 197 1100

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 50.3 400 91.1 142 199 215 1200

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 52.8 420 91.1 142 216 232 1300

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 55.3 440 91.1 142 233 268 1500

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 57.8 460 91.1 142 233 304 1700

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 480 91.1 142 233 340 1900

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 500 91.1 142 233 364 2100

164 230 301 379 464 648 937 1406 2037

28.1 31.6 35.1 41.2 44.9 52.5 56.2 63.2 37.9 41.7 45.5 53.1 60.7 68.3 49.7 58.1 66.3 74.7 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 71.5 80.5 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

55

CFS RP30 POLYESTER RESIN


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION RP30 is general purpose resin, for solid and hollow structures having a relatively short cure time. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Masonry support e Fixing into tarmac SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Blockwork Stone

CFS GUN

RP30 Polyester Resin 300 ml


DESCRIPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE

4 FOILS & 4 NOZZLES 12 FOILS & 12 NOZZLES 24 FOILS

4 Pack 12 Pack 24 Pack

CFS-RP30-4 CFS-RP30-12 CFS-RP30-24

300 ml

CFS-GUN

CFS NOZZLE
QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

4 Pack 24 Pack

CFS-NOZ-4 CFS-NOZ-24

Stud Data
STUD THREAD SIZE (mm) (d) STUD OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (D w) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) RECOMMENDED HOLE STANDARD TORQUE HOLE DIAMETER EMBEDMENT (Nm) DIAMETER IN IN (Tinst) IN FIXTURE CONCRETE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (df) CONCRETE BRICKWORK (do) (ho) STUD PRODUCT CODES ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 PRODUCT CODE APPROX. No. OF HOLES PER 300ML CARTRIDGE

NEW CODE

NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

110 130 160 190 260 295

17 21 24 30 37 44

17 28 36 42 90 85

10 12 14 18 24 28

9 11 13 17 22 26

80 90 110 125 145 180

3 9 17 36 53 60

2 6 11 24

60-708 60-710 60-712 60-716 60-720 60-724

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295

60-906 60-911 60-916 60-921 60-926 60-931

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4

66 48 33 22 6 5

Note: For perforated brickwork and hollow block work a mesh sleeve must be inserted into the hole prior to the resin being pumped. Studs over 16mm diameter are not recommended in brickwork. The specification of longer studs will allow greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment should be observed. For embedment above 500 mm and diameters above M20 please consult the Rawlplug Technical Advisory Service.
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME

30 25 15 5

4 7 15 30

mins mins mins mins

30 mins 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours

Installation Solid Substrates


1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for stud size being used. 2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times. 3. Insert foil into CFS gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour. Then insert nozzle and pump into hole. 4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

Installation Hollow Substrates & Substrates with Voids


1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for mesh sleeve being used. 2. Insert sleeve into hole. 3. Insert foil into CFS gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour. Then insert nozzle and pump to fill sleeve. 4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

56

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

CFS RP30 POLYESTER RESIN


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Speci cation Data


Performance Data at Standard Embedment Depth
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC EDGE LOAD (Unfactored) DISTANCE (kN) (mm) TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V) SIZE M8 RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) (Unfactored) TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec) BRICKWORK 20.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 7N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 3.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 2.8N/mm2

SIZE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

9.5 16.4 25.7 42.5 52.0 61.9

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 95.7

4.1 6.5 9.7 14.7 17.6 20.0

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 76.6

2.9 4.7 6.9 10.5 12.6 14.3

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 54.7

60 70 80 90 110 130

80 90 110 130 150 170

80 90 110 130 150 170

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

1.4 2.9 4.0 5.0

0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0

0.5 0.9 1.1

0.4 0.7 0.9

SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

SIZES ABOVE M12 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11.

When calculating loads in brickwork and blockwork, apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these gures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS

Spacing (Concrete Only)


M24 M8 0.50 0.62 0.75 0.87 1.00 M10 0.56 0.66 0.78 0.89 1.00 M12 M16 M20 M24
SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS

M10 0.83 0.91 1.00

M12

M16

M20

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170

0.80 0.90 1.00

0.85 0.92 1.00

0.93 1.00

0.89 0.95 1.00

0.85 0.89 0.95 1.00

0.54 0.64 0.72 0.82 0.91 1.00

0.62 0.69 0.77 0.84 1.00

0.60 0.66 0.73 0.86 1.00

0.60 0.66 0.73 0.86 1.00

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170

M8 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

M10 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.95 1.00

M12

M16

M20

M24

0.82 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00

0.85 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.00

0.84 0.87 0.89 0.95 1.00

0.84 0.87 0.89 0.95 1.00

Performance Data for Reinforcement Bars


If you are bonding rebar into reinforced concrete, where the size, position etc. of the reinforcing is known, then design principles contained within Eurocode 2 can be adopted instead of the design recommendations contained within this manual.
REBAR DIA. (mm) HOLE DIA. DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) (kN) EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

8 10 10.0 12.4 14.9 17.4 19.9 21.9 10 12 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 12 15 18.3 21.3 24.4 27.4 23.0 26.3 29.6 14 18 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 16 20 28.1 31.7 DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180

21.9 27.8 30.5 32.9 35.2 200

21.9 30.6 33.5 36.2 38.7 220

21.9 33.4 36.6 39.5 42.2 240 98.3 106 116 124 500

21.9 34.2 39.6 42.8 45.7 260 108 117 127 137 550

21.9 34.2 42.7 46.1 49.3 280 118 127 139 149 600

21.9 34.2 45.7 49.4 52.8 300 128 138 150 161 650

21.9 34.2 48.8 52.7 56.3 320 137 148 162 174 700

21.9 34.2 49.2 56.0 59.8 340 137 170 185 199 800

21.9 34.2 49.2 59.2 63.3 360 137 191 208 224 900

21.9 34.2 49.2 62.5 66.9 380 137 212 321 248 1000

21.9 34.2 49.2 65.8 70.4 400 137 214 277 298 1200

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 73.9 420 137 214 323 348 1400

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 77.4 440 137 214 350 397 1600

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 80.9 460 137 214 350 447 1800

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 84.4 480 137 214 350 497 2000

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 500 137 214 350 546 2200

176 246 323 407 497 694 1007 1514 2200

20 25 39.3 44.3 49.2 54.1 59.0 68.8 78.7 88.5 25 32 53.0 58.3 63.6 74.2 84.8 95.4 69.3 80.9 92.4 104 32 40 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 40 50 99.3 112 DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450
REBAR DIA. (mm) HOLE DIA.

Concrete Strength Class: C20/25 (25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 30N/mm2 150mm Cube). Reinforcement Bar: Minimum Yield Strength fyk 460N/mm2. Note: Performance based on clean holes; blown and then brushed with a stiff nylon brush.

RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) (kN)

EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)

6.7 8.3 9.9 11.6 9.3 11.1 13.0 12.2 14.2 15.3 MINIMUM

13.3 14.9 16.3 17.5 REBAR DEPTH 18.7 80 100 120 140 160

14.6 16.7 18.3 19.7 21.1 180

14.6 18.5 20.3 21.9 23.5 200

14.6 20.4 22.3 24.1 25.8 220

14.6 22.3 24.4 26.3 28.1 240 65.5 70.7 77 83 500

14.6 22.8 26.4 28.5 30.5 260 72.1 78 85 91 550

14.6 22.8 28.5 30.7 32.9 280 78.7 85 92 99 600

14.6 22.8 30.5 32.9 35.2 300 85.3 92 100 108 650

14.6 22.8 32.5 35.1 37.5 320 91.1 99 108 116 700

14.6 22.8 32.8 37.3 39.9 340 91.1 113 123 132 800

14.6 22.8 32.8 39.5 42.2 360 91.1 127 139 149 900

14.6 22.8 32.8 41.7 44.6 380 91.1 141 154 166 1000

14.6 22.8 32.8 43.9 46.9 400 91.1 142 185 199 1200

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 49.3 420 91.1 142 216 232 1400

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 51.6 440 91.1 142 233 265 1600

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 53.9 460 91.1 142 233 298 1800

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 56.3 480 91.1 142 233 331 2000

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 500 91.1 142 233 364 2200

176 246 323 407 497 694 1007 1514 2200

26.2 29.5 32.8 36.1 39.3 45.9 52.5 59.0 35.3 38.9 42.4 49.5 56.5 63.6 46.2 53.9 61.6 69.3 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 66.2 74.5 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

57

R-KEX RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE

Product Information
60-170 R-KEX-400 (400ml) DESCRIPTION R-KEX is a high performance two component epoxy resin system. The epoxy resin is odourless and solvent free, and is ideal for anchoring threaded rod and internally threaded sockets. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete. NB. NOT SUITABLE FOR OVERHEAD APPLICATIONS FEATURES 1. Solvent free. 2. Suitable for variable embedment. 3. Can be used in damp conditions. 4. High performance especially rebar/starter bar applications. 5. Product has low shrinkage.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Safety barriers e Temporary works/ Formwork support systems.

Curing Times
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME

25 20 15 5

12 mins 25 mins 75 mins 120 mins

5 hours 9 hours 20 hours 35 hours

Cartridge & Stud Data


STUD STUD OVERALL THREAD LENGTH SIZE (mm) (mm) (l) (d) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (D w) MAXIMUM HOLE STANDARD HOLE FIXTURE DIAMETER IN DIAMETER IN EMBEDMENT THICKNESS CONCRETE FIXTURE IN CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (T x) (df) (do) (ho) RECOMMENDED TORQUE (Nm) (Tinst) STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 303 A2 ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 PRODUCT NEW CODE CODE APPROX No. OF HOLES PER 400ML CARTRIDGE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

110 130 160 190 260 295 380

17 21 24 30 37 44 56

17 28 36 42 65 55 65

10 12 14 18 24 28 35

9 11 13 17 22 26 33

80 90 110 125 170 210 280

11 22 38 95 150 200 320

60-708 60-710 60-712 60-716 60-720 60-724

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295 STUDS-30380

60-906 60-911 60-916 60-921 60-926 60-931

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4

88 64 44 29 8 5 2

The specification of longer studs will allow greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment should be observed.

Suitable for greater than standard embedment for enhanced performance.

We recommend that for embedment above 500mm and 20mm in diameter, a power operated resin gun should be used. Please contact the Rawl Technical Advisory Service for further advice.

Installation
INSTALLATION Solid substrates

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for stud size being used.

2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times.

3. Insert cartridge into cartridge gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour and then pump into hole.

4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

58

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-KEX RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE

Speci cation Data


Performance Data at Standard Embedment Depth
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) 5.8 Grade 8.8 Grade SHEAR (VRk) 5.8 Grade 8.8 Grade DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) 5.8 Grade 8.8 Grade SHEAR (VRd) 5.8 Grade 8.8 Grade RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) 5.8 Grade 8.8 Grade SHEAR (Vrec) 5.8 Grade 8.8 Grade CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

SIZE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

15.3 22.7 34.5 63.1 100.5 128.1 178.4

21.5 33.8 52.9 73.4 110.2 136.1 194.0

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 95.7 155.7

15.4 24.1 35.2 65.1 106.4 152.5 248.6

8.1 10.8 15.7 26.3 41.9 51.2 71.4

11.9 17.8 26.1 36.3 52.5 63.7 88.2

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 76.6 124.6

12.3 19.3 28.2 52.1 85.1 122.0 198.8

5.8 7.7 11.2 18.8 29.9 36.6 51.0

8.5 12.8 18.7 26.0 37.5 45.5 63.0

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 54.7 89.0

8.8 13.8 20.1 37.2 60.8 87.1 142.0

100 130 150 170 220 260 340

130 150 170 190 220 260 340

130 150 170 190 220 260 340

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables (next page) must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 220 260 300 340

0.76 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00

0.75 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

0.74 0.78 0.83 0.87 0.96 1.00

0.77 0.81 0.89 0.96 1.00

0.77 0.83 0.88 0.94 1.00

0.50 0.58 0.66 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.93 1.00

0.50 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.78 0.93 1.00

0.50 0.56 0.62 0.69 0.81 0.94 1.00

0.75 0.80 0.86 0.92 1.00

0.52 0.58 0.68 0.79 0.89 1.00

0.50 0.59 0.68 0.77 0.86 1.00

0.50 0.57 0.65 0.73 0.85 1.00

0.50 0.56 0.65 0.76 0.88 1.00

60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 220 260 300 340

0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.97 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.92 0.97 1.00

0.81 0.83 0.87 0.92 0.96 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.87 0.91 0.95 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.89 0.94 1.00

0.80 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Performance Data for Reinforcement Bars


If you are bonding rebar into reinforced concrete, where the size, position etc. of the reinforcing is known, then design principles contained within Eurocode 2 can be adopted instead of the design recommendations contained within this manual. Concrete Strength Class: C20/25 (25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 30N/mm2 150mm Cube). Reinforcement Bar: Minimum Yield Strength fyk 460N/mm2. Note: Performance based on clean holes; blown and then brushed with a stiff nylon brush.
REBAR DIA. (mm) HOLE DIA. DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) (kN) EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL RE-BAR (mm)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm)

12.8 16.0 19.2 21.9 17.9 21.5 25.0 23.5 27.4 29.6 MINIMUM

21.9 28.6 31.3 33.9 REBAR DEPTH 36.2 80 100 120 140 160

21.9 32.2 35.3 38.1 40.7 180

21.9 34.2 39.2 42.3 45.2 200

21.9 34.2 43.1 46.5 49.8 220

21.9 34.2 47.0 50.8 54.3 240 126 137 151 164 500

21.9 34.2 49.2 55.0 58.8 260 137 151 166 180 550

21.9 34.2 49.2 59.2 63.3 280 137 165 181 197 600

21.9 34.2 49.2 63.5 67.9 300 137 192 212 230 700

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 72.4 320 137 214 242 262 800

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 76.9 340 137 214 272 295 900

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 81.4 360 137 214 302 328 1000

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 86.0 380 137 214 332 361 1100

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 400 137 214 350 393 1200

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 420 137 214 350 426 1300

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 440 137 214 350 459 1400

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 460 137 214 350 492 1500

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 480 137 214 350 525 1600

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 500 137 214 350 546 1700

137 191 251 316 386 540 777 1158 1667


EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL RE-BAR (mm))

20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)
REBAR DIA (mm) HOLE DIA.

50.6 56.9 63.2 69.5 75.9 88.5 101 114 68.7 75.6 82.5 96.2 110 124 90.6 106 121 136 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 131 148 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) (kN)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm)

8.5 10.7 12.8 14.6 11.9 14.3 16.7 15.7 18.3 19.7 MINIMUM

14.6 19.1 20.9 22.6 REBAR DEPTH 24.1 80 100 120 140 160

14.6 21.5 23.5 25.4 27.1 180

14.6 22.8 26.1 28.2 30.1 200

14.6 22.8 28.7 31.0 33.2 220

14.6 22.8 31.3 33.9 36.2 240 84.3 91.6 101 109 500

14.6 22.8 32.8 36.7 39.2 260 91.1 101 111 120 550

14.6 22.8 32.8 39.5 42.2 280 91.1 110 121 131 600

14.6 22.8 32.8 42.3 45.3 300 91.1 128 141 153 700

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 48.3 320 91.1 142 161 175 800

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 51.3 340 91.1 142 181 197 900

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 54.3 360 91.1 142 201 219 1000

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 57.3 380 91.1 142 222 240 1100

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 400 91.1 142 233 262 1200

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 420 91.1 142 233 284 1300

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 440 91.1 142 233 306 1400

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 460 91.1 142 233 328 1500

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 480 91.1 142 233 350 1600

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 500 91.1 142 233 364 1700

137 191 251 316 386 540 777 1158 1667

20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)

33.7 37.9 42.1 46.3 50.6 59.0 67.5 75.9 45.8 50.4 55.0 64.1 73.3 82.5 60.4 70.5 80.5 90.7 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 87.4 98.3 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

59

R-KEA RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE

Product Information
60-852 R-KEA-380 (380ml) DESCRIPTION R-KEA is specially formulated Epoxy Acrylate/ Vinyl Ester resin, which offers protection in damp and corrosive applications, as well as giving high loads in concrete. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete. NB. NOT SUITABLE FOR OVERHEAD APPLICATIONS TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Starter Bars e Barriers in marine environments e Safety barriers e Signage FEATURES 1. Easy to extrude. 2. Short working and curing times. 3. Ideal for close edge and spacing applications.

Curing Times
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME

30 25 15 5

3 5 10 20

mins mins mins mins

20 mins 30 mins 1 hour 2 hours

Cartridge & Stud Data


STUD THREAD SIZE (mm) (d) STUD OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (Dw) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) STUD PRODUCT CODES HOLE HOLE STANDARD RECOMMENDED DIAMETER DIAMETER EMBEDMENT STAINLESS STEEL GRADE TORQUE ZINC PLATED IN CONCRETE IN FIXTURE IN CONCRETE 316 A4 (Nm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (Tinst) PRODUCT PRODUCT (do) (df) (ho) NEW CODE NEW CODE CODE CODE APPROX No. OF HOLES PER 380ML CARTRIDGE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

110 130 160 190 260 295

17 21 24 30 37 44

17 28 36 42 90 85

10 12 14 18 24 28

9 11 13 17 22 26

80 90 110 125 145 180

11 22 38 95 150 200

60-708 60-710 60-712 60-716 60-720 60-724

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295

60-906 60-911 60-916 60-921 60-926 60-931

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4

84 61 42 28 7 6

The specification of longer studs will allow greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment should be observed.

Suitable for greater than standard embedment for enhanced performance.

We recommend that for embedment above 500mm and 20mm in diameter, a power operated resin gun should be used. Please contact the Rawl Technical Advisory Service for further advice.

Installation
INSTALLATION Solid substrates

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for stud size being used.

2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times.

3. Insert cartridge into cartridge gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour and then pump into hole.

4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

60

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-KEA RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE

Speci cation Data


Performance Data at Standard Embedment Depth
CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) SIZE CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored)(kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) RECOMMENDED LOAD (Unfactored) (kN) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (VRec) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V)

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

14.3 22.4 30.6 48.7 67.1 81.7

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 95.7

6.3 9.6 12.4 19.4 25.2 28.2

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 76.6

4.5 6.9 8.9 13.9 18.0 20.1

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 54.7

80 90 110 130 150 190

100 130 150 170 190 240

100 130 150 170 210 240

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) 50 TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 210 240

0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

0.80 0.87 0.93 1.00

0.78 0.84 0.89 0.95 1.00

0.82 0.86 0.91 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.97 1.00

0.50 0.58 0.66 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.78 0.92 1.00

0.56 0.62 0.69 0.81 0.94 1.00

0.56 0.61 0.72 0.83 0.94 1.00

0.50 0.59 0.68 0.77 0.86 0.95 1.00

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 190 210 240

0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.97 1.00

0.81 0.84 0.86 0.91 0.95 1.00

0.80 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.94 0.98 1.00

0.79 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.92 0.95 1.00

Performance Data for Reinforcement Bars


If you are bonding rebar into reinforced concrete, where the size, position etc. of the reinforcing is known, then design principles contained within Eurocode 2 can be adopted instead of the design recommendations contained within this manual.
REBAR DIA. (mm) HOLE DIA. DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) (kN) EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)


REBAR DIA. (mm) HOLE DIA.

11.4 14.2 17.1 19.9 15.9 19.1 22.3 20.9 24.4 26.3 MINIMUM

21.9 25.4 27.9 30.1 REBAR DEPTH 32.2 80 100 120 140 160

21.9 28.6 31.3 33.9 36.2 180

21.9 31.8 34.8 37.6 40.2 200

21.9 34.2 38.3 41.4 44.2 220

21.9 34.2 41.8 45.1 48.3 240 112 122 133 144 500

21.9 34.2 45.3 48.9 52.3 260 124 134 147 159 550

21.9 34.2 48.8 52.7 56.3 280 135 146 160 173 600

21.9 34.2 49.2 56.4 60.3 300 137 170 187 202 700

21.9 34.2 49.2 60.2 64.3 320 137 195 213 231 800

21.9 34.2 49.2 63.9 68.4 340 137 214 240 259 900

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 72.4 360 137 214 267 288 1000

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 76.4 380 137 214 293 317 1100

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 80.4 400 137 214 320 346 1200

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 84.4 420 137 214 347 375 1300

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 440 137 214 350 403 1400

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 460 137 214 350 461 1600

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 480 137 214 350 519 1800

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 500 137 214 350 546 2000

154 215 283 356 435 608 877 1312 1897


EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

45.0 50.6 56.2 61.8 67.4 78.7 89.9 101 60.9 67.0 73.0 85.2 97.4 110 80.0 93.3 107 120 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 115 130 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

Concrete Strength Class: C20/25 (25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 30N/mm2 150mm Cube). Reinforcement Bar: Minimum Yield Strength fyk 460N/mm2. Note: Performance based on clean holes; blown and then brushed with a stiff nylon brush.

RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) (kN)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)

7.6 9.5 11.4 13.3 10.6 12.7 14.9 13.9 16.3 17.5 MINIMUM

14.6 16.9 18.6 20.1 REBAR DEPTH 21.5 80 100 120 140 160

14.6 19.1 20.9 22.6 24.1 180

14.6 21.2 23.2 25.1 26.8 200

14.6 22.8 25.5 27.6 29.5 220

14.6 22.8 27.9 30.1 32.2 240 74.9 81.1 89 96 500

14.6 22.8 30.2 32.6 34.9 260 82.4 89 98 106 550

14.6 22.8 32.5 35.1 37.5 280 89.9 97 107 115 600

14.6 22.8 32.8 37.6 40.2 300 91.1 114 124 134 700

14.6 22.8 32.8 40.1 42.9 320 91.1 130 142 154 800

14.6 22.8 32.8 42.6 45.6 340 91.1 142 160 173 900

14.6 22.8 32.8 4.6 48.3 360 91.1 142 178 192 1000

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 50.9 380 91.1 142 195 211 1100

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 53.6 400 91.1 142 213 230 1200

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 56.3 420 91.1 142 231 250 1300

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 440 91.1 142 233 269 1400

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 460 91.1 142 233 307 1600

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 480 91.1 142 233 346 1800

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 500 91.1 142 233 364 2000

154 215 283 356 435 608 877 1312 1897

30.0 33.7 37.5 41.2 44.9 52.5 59.9 67.5 40.6 44.7 48.7 56.8 64.9 73.1 53.3 62.2 71.1 80.0 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 76.8 86.4 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

61

R-KEM+ RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Product Information
60-270 R-KEM-300 (300ml) DESCRIPTION R-KEM+ is a high performance, styrene free system that is suitable for use in concrete, and other solid or hollow masonry structures. This makes it ideal for applications where conventional expansion anchors present problems. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Blockwork Stone FEATURES 1. Suitable for solid and hollow substrates. 2. Suitable for overhead applications (with care). 3. R-KEM+ fits a standard mastic gun. 4. Styrene free. 5. Suitable for use in confined spaces

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Curtain walling e Balustrading e Handrails e Canopies e Rebar

Curing Times
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME

30 20 10 5

3 mins 7 mins 22 mins 30 mins

25 mins 50 mins 1 hour 30 mins 3 hours 20 mins

Cartridge & Stud Data


STUD THREAD SIZE (mm) (d) STUD OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (D w) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) HOLE DIAMETER IN CONCRETE (mm) (do) RECOMMENDED HOLE STANDARD TORQUE DIAMETER EMBEDMENT (Nm) IN IN (Tinst) FIXTURE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) CONCRETE BRICKWORK (df) (ho) STUD PRODUCT CODES ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE APPROX No. OF HOLES PER 300ML CARTRIDGE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP

110 130 160 190 260 260 295 295

17 21 24 30 37 37 44 44

17 28 36 42 90 55 85 55

10 12 14 18 24 24 28 28

9 11 13 17 22 22 26 26

80 90 110 125 145 180 180 210

11 22 38 95 150 150 200 200

2 6 11 24 -

60-708 60-710 60-712 60-716 60-720 60-720 60-724 60-724

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295 STUDS-24295

60-906 60-911 60-916 60-921 60-926 60-926 60-931 60-931

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4 STUDS-24295-A4

66 48 33 22 6 5 5 4

The specification of longer studs will allow greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment should be observed.

Note: For perforated brickwork and hollow block work a mesh sleeve must be inserted into the hole prior to the resin being pumped.

We recommend that for embedment above 500mm and 20mm in diameter a power operated resin gun should be used. Please contact the Rawl Technical Advisory Service for further advice.

Installation
INSTALLATION Solid substrates

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for stud size being used.

2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times.

3. Insert cartridge into cartridge gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour and then pump into hole.

4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

INSTALLATION Hollow substrates & substrates with voids

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for mesh sleeve size being used.

2. Insert sleeve into hole.

3. Insert cartridge into cartridge gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until even colour. Then insert nozzle and pump to fill sleeve.

4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has set and then attach fixture.

62

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-KEM+ RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Speci cation Data


Performance Data at Standard Embedment Depth
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) DESIGN RESISTANCE (Factored) (kN) TENSION (NRd) SHEAR (VRd) CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE CHARACTERISTIC RECOMMENDED LOAD SPACING DISTANCE (Unfactored) (kN) (mm) (mm) TENSION (Nrec) SHEAR (Vrec) TENSION (Ccr,N) SHEAR (Ccr,V) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V) SIZE RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) (Unfactored) TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec) BRICKWORK 20.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 7N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 3.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 2.8N/mm2

SIZE

M8

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP

11.5 20.0 28.7 45.7 62.0 69.7 79.3 87.9

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 66.8 95.7 95.7

5.1 8.3 11.5 16.6 20.9 23.2 26.4 29.3

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 53.4 76.6 76.6

3.6 5.9 8.2 11.9 15.0 16.6 18.9 20.9

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 38.2 54.7 54.7

80 90 110 130 150 180 190 220

100 130 150 170 190 190 240 240

100 130 150 170 210 230 240 270

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

1.4 2.9 4.0 5.0

0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0

0.5 0.9 1.1

0.4 0.7 0.9

SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

SIZES ABOVE M12 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

When calculating loads in brickwork, apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these gures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11.

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

Spacing (Concrete Only)


SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M20 DEEP M24 M24 DEEP

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 180 190 220 240

0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00

0.80 0.87 0.93 1.00

0.78 0.84 0.89 0.95 1.00

0.82 0.86 0.91 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.97 1.00 0.77 0.83 0.90 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.76 0.81 0.86 0.89 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.58 0.66 0.75 0.83 0.92 1.00

0.50 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.78 0.92 1.00

0.56 0.62 0.69 0.81 0.94 1.00

0.56 0.61 0.72 0.83 0.94 0.98 1.00

0.50 0.59 0.68 0.77 0.81 0.86 0.97 1.00

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170 210 230 240 270

0.80 0.84 0.88 0.92 0.96 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.87 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.97 1.00

0.81 0.84 0.86 0.91 0.95 1.00

0.80 0.82 0.86 0.90 0.94 1.00

0.80 0.84 0.87 0.90 0.97 1.00

0.79 0.83 0.86 0.89 0.95 0.98 1.00

0.80 0.83 0.86 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00

Performance Data for Reinforcement Bars


If you are bonding rebar into reinforced concrete, where the size, position etc. of the reinforcing is known, then design principles contained within Eurocode 2 can be adopted instead of the design recommendations contained within this manual. Concrete Strength Class: C20/25 (25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 30N/mm2 150mm Cube). Reinforcement Bar: Minimum Yield Strength fyk 460N/mm2. Note: Performance based on clean holes; blown and then brushed with a stiff nylon brush.
REBAR DIA. HOLE DIA. (mm) 8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) (kN) EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

10.7 13.3 16.0 18.7 14.9 17.9 20.9 19.6 22.9 24.7 MINIMUM

21.3 23.8 26.1 28.2 REBAR DEPTH 30.2 80 100 120 140 160

21.9 26.8 29.4 31.7 33.9 180

21.9 29.8 32.6 35.3 37.7 200

21.9 32.8 35.9 38.8 41.5 220

21.9 34.2 39.2 42.3 45.2 240 105 114 124 134 500

21.9 34.2 42.4 45.8 49.0 260 116 125 137 148 550

21.9 34.2 45.7 49.4 52.8 280 126 137 149 161 600

21.9 34.2 49.0 52.9 56.5 300 137 159 174 188 700

21.9 34.2 49.2 56.4 60.3 320 137 182 199 215 800

21.9 34.2 49.2 59.9 64.1 340 137 205 224 241 900

21.9 34.2 49.2 63.5 67.9 360 137 214 249 268 1000

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 71.6 380 137 214 274 295 1100

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 75.4 400 137 214 299 322 1200

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 79.2 420 137 214 323 349 1300

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 82.9 440 137 214 350 402 1500

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 86.7 460 137 214 350 456 1700

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 480 137 214 350 510 1900

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 500 137 214 350 546 2100

164 230 301 379 464 648 937 1406 2037


EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)
REBAR DIA. HOLE DIA. (mm)

42.1 47.4 52.7 61.8 67.4 78.7 84.3 94.8 56.9 62.6 68.3 79.7 91.1 103 74.6 87.1 99.5 112 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 107 121 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) (kN)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)

7.1 8.9 10.7 12.5 9.9 11.9 13.9 13.1 15.3 16.5 MINIMUM

14.2 15.9 17.4 18.8 REBAR DEPTH 20.1 80 100 120 140 160

14.6 17.9 19.6 21.1 22.6 180

14.6 19.9 21.7 23.5 25.1 200

14.6 21.9 23.9 25.9 27.7 220

14.6 22.8 26.1 28.2 30.1 240 70.3 75.9 83 89 500

14.6 22.8 28.3 30.5 32.7 260 77.3 84 91 98 550

14.6 22.8 30.5 32.9 35.2 280 84.3 91 100 107 600

14.6 22.8 32.7 35.3 37.7 300 91.1 106 116 125 700

14.6 22.8 32.8 37.6 40.2 320 91.1 121 133 143 800

14.6 22.8 32.8 39.9 42.7 340 91.1 137 149 161 900

14.6 22.8 32.8 42.3 45.3 360 91.1 142 166 179 1000

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 47.7 380 91.1 142 182 197 1100

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 50.3 400 91.1 142 199 215 1200

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 52.8 420 91.1 142 216 232 1300

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 55.3 440 91.1 142 233 268 1500

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 57.8 460 91.1 142 233 304 1700

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 480 91.1 142 233 340 1900

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 500 91.1 142 233 364 2100

164 230 301 379 464 648 937 1406 2037

28.1 31.6 35.1 41.2 44.9 52.5 56.2 63.2 37.9 41.7 45.5 53.1 60.7 68.3 49.7 58.1 66.3 74.7 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 71.5 80.5 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

63

R-KF2/KSF RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Product Information
60-200 R-KF2-380 (380ml) TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Masonry support e Fixing into tarmac DESCRIPTION R-KF2 and R-KSF are general purpose resins, for solid and hollow structures with both products having a relatively short cure time. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Blockwork Stone Overhead Applications FEATURES 1. Suitable for Solid and Hollow substrates. 2. 150ml R-KSF is ideal for small applications. 3. R-KSF fits a standard mastic gun. 4. R-KSF Odourless and Styrene free.

60-150 R-KSF-150 (150ml)

R-KF2
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME

R-KSF
BASE MATERIAL TEMPERATURE (C) WORKING TIME CURING TIME

30 25 15 5

4 7 15 30

mins mins mins mins

30 mins 1 hour 2 hours 3 hours

30 20 15 5

4 8 14 30

mins mins mins mins

30 mins 50 mins 2 hours 4 hours

Cartridge & Stud Data


STUD THREAD SIZE (mm) (d) STUD OVERALL LENGTH (mm) (l) WASHER DIAMETER (mm) (D w) MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) RECOMMENDED HOLE STANDARD TORQUE HOLE DIAMETER EMBEDMENT (Nm) DIAMETER IN IN (Tinst) IN FIXTURE CONCRETE CONCRETE (mm) (mm) (mm) (df) CONCRETE BRICKWORK (do) (ho) STUD PRODUCT CODES ZINC PLATED PRODUCT CODE STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 316 A4 PRODUCT CODE APPROX No OF HOLES PER 380ML CARTRIDGE 380ml 150ml

NEW CODE

NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

110 130 160 190 260 295

17 21 24 30 37 44

17 28 36 42 90 85

10 12 14 18 24 28

9 11 13 17 22 26

80 90 110 125 145 180

3 9 17 36 53 60

2 6 11 24 -

60-708 60-710 60-712 60-716 60-720 60-724

STUDS-08110 STUDS-10130 STUDS-12160 STUDS-16190 STUDS-20260 STUDS-24295

60-906 60-911 60-916 60-921 60-926 60-931

STUDS-08110-A4 STUDS-10130-A4 STUDS-12160-A4 STUDS-16190-A4 STUDS-20260-A4 STUDS-24295-A4

84 61 42 28 7 6

33 24 16 11 3 2

Note: For perforated brickwork and hollow block work a mesh sleeve must be inserted into the hole prior to the resin being pumped. Studs over 16mm diameter are not recommended in brickwork. The specification of longer studs will allow greater fixture thicknesses than shown for the standard studs quoted. Minimum embedment should be observed. We recommend that embedment above 500mm and 20mm in diameter a power operated resin gun should be used. Please contact the Rawl Technical Advisory Service for further advice.

Installation
INSTALLATION Solid substrates

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for stud size being used.

2. Clean the hole using brush and air three times.

3. Insert cartridge into cartridge gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until an even colour and then pump into hole.

4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has cured and then attach fixture.

INSTALLATION Hollow substrates & substrates with voids

1. Drill hole to correct diameter and depth for mesh sleeve size being used.

2. Insert sleeve into hole.

3. Insert cartridge into cartridge gun and attach nozzle. Dispense to waste until even colour. Then insert nozzle and pump to fill sleeve.

4. Insert stud or socket with a twisting action. Leave the anchor undisturbed until the resin has set and then attach fixture.

64

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

R-KF2/KSF RAWL CARTRIDGE


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK AND STONE

Speci cation Data


Performance Data at Standard Embedment Depth
CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) TENSION (NRk) SHEAR (VRk) CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) RECOMMENDED CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DESIGN RESISTANCE LOAD (Unfactored) DISTANCE (Factored) (kN) (kN) (mm) TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR TENSION SHEAR (NRd) (VRd) (Nrec) (Vrec) (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) TENSION & SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V) SIZE M8 RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) (Unfactored) TENSION OR SHEAR (Frec) BRICKWORK 20.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 7N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 3.5N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 2.8N/mm2

SIZE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

9.5 16.4 25.7 42.5 52.0 61.9

9.9 15.7 22.9 42.5 66.8 95.7

4.1 6.5 9.7 14.7 17.6 20.0

7.9 12.6 18.3 34.0 53.4 76.6

2.9 4.7 6.9 10.5 12.6 14.3

5.7 9.0 13.1 24.3 38.2 54.7

60 70 80 90 110 130

80 90 110 130 150 170

80 90 110 130 150 170

M10 M12 M16 M20 M24

1.4 2.9 4.0 5.0

0.6 1.3 2.0 3.0

0.5 0.9 1.1

0.4 0.7 0.9

SIZES ABOVE M16 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

SIZES ABOVE M12 ARE NOT RECOMMENDED

For further explanations on calculations please see pages 10 and 11.

When calculating loads in brickwork, apply the published edge distance and spacing for concrete and assume these gures to be the absolute minimums. Concrete reduction factors must NOT be applied.

Reduction Factors Edge and Spacing Distances The full characteristic edge and spacing distances shown in the table above are the minimum allowable for the quoted DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD, depending on your design method. Where these dimensions are not achievable, the appropriate reduction factor/s from the tables below must be applied to the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD. Choose the required bolt diameter across the

top of the appropriate table and read down the left hand column until actual edge or spacing distance is found. Read off the reduction factor where the two lines intersect (interpolate as required). Multiply this factor by the DESIGN RESISTANCE or RECOMMENDED LOAD quoted in the table. On the occasion that multiple close edge and/or spacing distances occur, the appropriate reduction factors must be applied.

Edge Distance (Concrete Only)


EDGE (mm) TENSILE : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS M8 SHEAR : EDGE REDUCTION FACTORS

Spacing (Concrete Only)


M24 M8 0.50 0.62 0.75 0.87 1.0 M10 0.56 0.66 0.78 0.89 1.0 M12 M16 M20 M24
SPACING (mm) TENSILE & SHEAR REDUCTION FACTORS

M10 0.83 0.91 1.0

M12

M16

M20

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170

0.80 0.90 1.0

0.85 0.92 1.0

0.93 1.0

0.89 0.95 1.0

0.85 0.89 0.95 1.0

0.54 0.64 0.72 0.82 0.91 1.0

0.62 0.69 0.77 0.84 1.0

0.60 0.66 0.73 0.86 1.0

0.60 0.66 0.73 0.86 1.0

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 130 150 170

M8 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.0

M10 0.82 0.87 0.91 0.95 1.0

M12

M16

M20

M24

0.82 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.0

0.85 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.0

0.84 0.87 0.89 0.95 1.0

0.84 0.87 0.89 0.95 1.0

Performance Data for Reinforcement Bars


If you are bonding rebar into reinforced concrete, where the size, position etc. of the reinforcing is known, then design principles contained within Eurocode 2 can be adopted instead of the design recommendations contained within this manual.
REBAR DIA. (mm) HOLE DIA. DESIGN RESISTANCE (F d) (kN) EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

8 10 10.0 12.4 14.9 17.4 19.9 21.9 10 12 13.9 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.0 12 15 18.3 21.3 24.4 27.4 14 18 23.0 26.3 29.6 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 16 20 28.1 31.7 DEPTH (mm) 80 100 120 140 160 180

21.9 27.8 30.5 32.9 35.2 200

21.9 30.6 33.5 36.2 38.7 220

21.9 33.4 36.6 39.5 42.2 240 98.3 106 116 124 500

21.9 34.2 39.6 42.8 45.7 260 108 117 127 137 550

21.9 34.2 42.7 46.1 49.3 280 118 127 139 149 600

21.9 34.2 45.7 49.4 52.8 300 128 138 150 161 650

21.9 34.2 48.8 52.7 56.3 320 137 148 162 174 700

21.9 34.2 49.2 56.0 59.8 340 137 170 185 199 800

21.9 34.2 49.2 59.2 63.3 360 137 191 208 224 900

21.9 34.2 49.2 62.5 66.9 380 137 212 321 248 1000

21.9 34.2 49.2 65.8 70.4 400 137 214 277 298 1200

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 73.9 420 137 214 323 348 1400

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 77.4 440 137 214 350 397 1600

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 80.9 460 137 214 350 447 1800

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 84.4 480 137 214 350 497 2000

21.9 34.2 49.2 66.9 87.4 500 137 214 350 546 2200

176 246 323 407 497 694 1007 1514 2200

20 25 39.3 44.3 49.2 54.1 59.0 68.8 78.7 88.5 25 32 53.0 58.3 63.6 74.2 84.8 95.4 69.3 80.9 92.4 104 32 40 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 40 50 99.3 112 DEPTH (mm) 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450
REBAR DIA. (mm) HOLE DIA.

Concrete Strength Class: C20/25 (25N/mm2 150mm Cylinder; 30N/mm2 150mm Cube). Reinforcement Bar: Minimum Yield Strength fyk 460N/mm2. Note: Performance based on clean holes; blown and then brushed with a stiff nylon brush.

RECOMMENDED LOAD (Frec) (kN)

EMBEDMENT DEPTH TO FAIL REBAR (mm)

8 10 10 12 12 15 14 18 16 20 DEPTH (mm) 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 DEPTH (mm)

6.7 8.3 9.9 11.6 9.3 11.1 13.0 12.2 14.2 15.3 MINIMUM

13.3 14.9 16.3 17.5 REBAR DEPTH 18.7 80 100 120 140 160

14.6 16.7 18.3 19.7 21.1 180

14.6 18.5 20.3 21.9 23.5 200

14.6 20.4 22.3 24.1 25.8 220

14.6 22.3 24.4 26.3 28.1 240 65.5 70.7 77 83 500

14.6 22.8 26.4 28.5 30.5 260 72.1 78 85 91 550

14.6 22.8 28.5 30.7 32.9 280 78.7 85 92 99 600

14.6 22.8 30.5 32.9 35.2 300 85.3 92 100 108 650

14.6 22.8 32.5 35.1 37.5 320 91.1 99 108 116 700

14.6 22.8 32.8 37.3 39.9 340 91.1 113 123 132 800

14.6 22.8 32.8 39.5 42.2 360 91.1 127 139 149 900

14.6 22.8 32.8 41.7 44.6 380 91.1 141 154 166 1000

14.6 22.8 32.8 43.9 46.9 400 91.1 142 185 199 1200

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 49.3 420 91.1 142 216 232 1400

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 51.6 440 91.1 142 233 265 1600

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 53.9 460 91.1 142 233 298 1800

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 56.3 480 91.1 142 233 331 2000

14.6 22.8 32.8 44.6 58.3 500 91.1 142 233 364 2200

176 246 323 407 497 694 1007 1514 2200

26.2 29.5 32.8 36.1 39.3 45.9 52.5 59.0 35.3 38.9 42.4 49.5 56.5 63.6 46.2 53.9 61.6 69.3 MINIMUM REBAR DEPTH 66.2 74.5 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

65

BONDED ANCHOR ACCESSORIES


ACCESSORIES

Product Information
60-687 60-980

Brushes and Blow Pump


HOLE SIZE BRUSHES PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M8 - 10 mm M10 - 14 mm M16 - 28 mm BLOW PUMP

POLYBAG POLYBAG POLYBAG POLYBAG

1 1 1 1

60-980 60-981 60-982 60-687

BRUSH-M08/10 BRUSH-M10/14 BRUSH-M16/10 BLOWPUMP

Dispenser Guns

60-645

60-660

60-160

60-172

for R-KEX

for R-KEA, R-KF2 suitable for 380 ml cartridge

for R-KSF suitable for 175 ml and 300 ml cartridge

Heavy duty cartridge gun for R-KEM+ suitable for 175 ml and 300 ml cartridge
NEW CODE

DESCRIPTION

SUITABLE FOR

PACK TYPE

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

CFS Gun

400ml 380ml 300ml 300ml 300ml

CARTRIDGE GUN CARTRIDGE GUN SKELETON GUN CARTRIDGE GUN CFS GUN

R-KEX R-KF2 / R-KEA R-KSF / R-KEM R-KEM+ CFS

POLYBAG POLYBAG POLYBAG POLYBAG BOXED

1 1 1 1 1

60-645 60-660 60-160 60-172 -

R-GUN-400ml R-GUN-380ml R-GUN-300ml R-GUN-300ml-C CFS GUN

Driving Systems R-CAS Studs


TO FIT SIZE BOX QUANTITY DRIVER SOCKET FOR 3 JAW CHUCK MACHINES PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE QUANTITY SDS ADAPTOR PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30

5 5 5 5 1 1 1

60-709 60-711 60-713 60-717 60-731 60-732 60-735

DRIVER-M8 DRIVER-M10 DRIVER-M12 DRIVER-M16 DRIVER-M20 DRIVER-M24 DRIVER-M30

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

60-780 60-780 60-780 60-780

SDS-ADAPTOR SDS-ADAPTOR SDS-ADAPTOR SDS-ADAPTOR

R-HAC Installation Adaptor for Rebar & Studding

Mixer Nozzles

DESCRIPTION

BOX QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

DESCRIPTION

DRILLING MACHINE

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

ADAPTOR SETTING HEAD 66

SDS Plus SDS Plus

60-780 60-782

SDS-ADAPTOR SDS-SETTING

MIXER NOZZLE (R-KF2, R-KSF, R-KEA) MIXER NOZZLE (R-KF2, R-KSF, R-KEA) MIXER NOZZLE (R-KEX) MIXER NOZZLE (CFS) MIXER NOZZLE (CFS)

10 100 10 4 12

60-640 60-642 60-228 -

NOZ-10 NOZ-100 NOZ-RKEX-10 CFS-NOZ-4 CFS-NOZ-12

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

BONDED ANCHOR ACCESSORIES


INTERNALLY THREADED SOCKETS

Product Information
Internally Threaded Sockets
SOCKET HOLE HOLE SOCKET HOLE TYPE AND DIAMETER DIAMETER OVERALL DEPTH IN USE WITH INTERNAL IN IN LENGTH CONCRETE CAPSULE THREAD CONCRETE FIXTURE (mm) (mm) Ref LENGTH (mm) (mm) (l) (ho) (lg) (do) (df) SOCKETS PER BOX/ PACK 30 N/mm2 20.5 N/mm2 7.0 N/mm2 CONCRETE BRICKWORK BLOCKWORK TIGHTENING TORQUE (Nm) ZINC PLATED RODUCT CODE NEW CODE SOCKET PRODUCT CODES STAINLESS STEEL GRADE 303 A2 PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE DRIVE SYSTEM PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M6x24 M6x24 M8x25 M8x25 M10x30 M10x30 M12x35 M12x35 M16x50

75 75 75 90 75 100 100 100 125

12 14 14 14 20 20 20 22 28

75 75 75 90 75 100 100 100 125

7 7 9 9 11 11 13 13 17

R-CAS-10 R-CAS-10 R-CAS-12 R-CAS-16 R-CAS-16 R-CAS-16 R-CAS-20

5 5 11 11 22 22 38 38 95

3 3 6 6 13 13 21 21 30

1.5 1.5 3 3 6 3 6 6

10 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 6

60-620 60-622 60-623 60-624 60-626 60-628 60-630

ITS-Z-06075 ITS-Z-08075 ITS-Z-08090 ITS-Z-10075 ITS-Z-10100 ITS-Z-12100 ITS-Z-16125

60-985 60-987 60-988 60-989 60-992 60-993 60-995

ITS-SS-06075 ITS-SS-08075 ITS-SS-08090 ITS-SS-10075 ITS-SS-10100 ITS-SS-12100 ITS-SS-16125

60-690 60-690 60-692 60-694 60-696 60-696 60-698

ITS-DRIVE-06 ITS-DRIVE-06 ITS-DRIVE-08 ITS-DRIVE-10 ITS-DRIVE-12 ITS-DRIVE-12 ITS-DRIVE-16

All sockets can be used with cartridge systems and in these circumstances a drive system is not required.

R-KEM+ & RM50 Performance Data


CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) SIZE TENSION (NRK) 5.8 8.8 GRADE GRADE M6x75 M8x75 15.9 M8x90 M10x75 24.2 M10x100 M12x100 M16x125 36.1 54.0 36.6 36.6 54.0 22.9 42.5 35.2 65.1 16.7 25.0 21.7 27.5 15.7 24.1 11.2 16.9 16.9 25.0 18.3 34.0 28.2 52.1 11.9 17.8 9.8 14.6 19.2 9.9 15.4 7.3 10.0 12.8 12.6 19.3 8.0 12.1 12.1 17.8 13.1 24.3 20.1 37.2 150 170 180 220 180 220 SHEAR (VRK) 5.8 GRADE 5.7 8.8 GRADE 8.8 TENSION (NRd) 5.8 8.8 GRADE GRADE 4.5 6.8 8.9 7.9 12.3 5.2 7.2 9.1 9.0 13.8 150 170 170 SHEAR (VRd) 5.8 GRADE 3.2 8.8 GRADE 4.9 TENSION (Nrec) 5.8 8.8 GRADE GRADE 3.2 4.8 6.4 5.7 8.8 130 150 150 SHEAR (Vrec) 5.8 GRADE 1.8 8.8 GRADE 2.7 DESIGN RESISTANCE (kN) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION (Ccr,N) 100 SHEAR (Ccr,V) 130 CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm)

PRODUCT CODE

TENSION or SHEAR (Scr,N) (Scr,V) 130 60-620 60-985 60-622 60-987 60-623 60-988 60-624 60-989 60-626 60-992 60-628 60-993 60-630 60-995

R-CAS & R-KEX Performance Data


CONCRETE, fck,cube = 30N/mm2 (C20/25) CHARACTERISTIC RESISTANCE (kN) SIZE TENSION (NRK) 5.8 8.8 GRADE GRADE M6x75 M8x75* 15.9 M8x90 M10x75* 24.2 M10x100 M12x100 M16x125 36.1 66.1 50.0 89.5 22.9 42.5 35.2 65.1 16.7 30.6 23.1 41.1 18.3 34.0 28.2 52.1 11.9 21.9 16.5 29.6 13.1 24.3 20.1 37.2 170 200 180 220 180 220 38.4 15.7 24.1 11.2 17.8 12.6 19.3 8.0 12.7 9.0 13.8 150 170 170 21.7 9.9 15.4 7.3 10.0 7.9 12.3 5.2 7.2 5.7 8.8 130 150 150 9.8 14.6 SHEAR (VRK) 5.8 GRADE 5.7 8.8 GRADE 8.8 TENSION (NRd) 5.8 8.8 GRADE GRADE 4.5 6.8 SHEAR (VRd) 5.8 GRADE 3.2 8.8 GRADE 4.9 TENSION (Nrec) 5.8 8.8 GRADE GRADE 3.2 4.8 SHEAR (Vrec) 5.8 GRADE 1.8 8.8 GRADE 2.7 DESIGN RESISTANCE (kN) RECOMMENDED LOAD (kN) CHARACTERISTIC EDGE DISTANCE (mm) TENSION SHEAR (Ccr,V) (Ccr,N) 100 130 CHARACTERISTIC SPACING (mm) PRODUCT CODE TENSION or SHEAR (Ccr,N) (Ccr,V) 130 60-620 60-985 60-622 60-987 60-623 60-988 60-624 60-989 60-626 60-992 60-628 60-993 60-630 60-995

* Note: M8x75 and M10x75 Sockets are not suitable for R-CAS capsules

lg

SOCKET DIAMETER (mm)

ZINC PLATED

STAINLESS STEEL

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16


Stainless steel Zinc plated steel

11 13 17 17 25

11 12 16 20 25

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

67

THREADED RODS AND MESH SLEEVES


Plastic Sleeves
STUD SIZE (mm) HOLE DIAMETER IN STRUCTURE (mm) SLEEVE LENGTH (mm) BOX QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M6/M8 M6/M8 M10 M10 M12/M16 M12/M16

16 16 16 16 20 20

13 13 13 13 18 18

x x x x x x

80 80 130 130 85 85

10 5 10 5 10 5

60-607 60-608 60-609 60-614 60-615 60-616

PLS-13080-10 PLS-13080-5/5 PLS-13130-10 PLS-13130-5/5 PLS-18085-10 PLS-18085-5/5

Mesh Sleeves
STUD SIZE (mm) HOLE DIAMETER IN STRUCTURE (mm) SLEEVE LENGTH (mm) BOX QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

M6/M8 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 M16

12 16 16 16 18 18 22

11 15 15 15 17 17 21

x x x x x x x

85 95 130 200 95 200 200

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

60-805 60-807 60-809 60-111 60-113 60-115 60-117

MS-11085 MS-15095 MS-15130 MS-15200 MS-17095 MS-17200 MS-21200

Mesh Sleeves x 1m
HOLE DIAMETER IN STRUCTURE (mm) STUD SIZE SLEEVE LENGTH (mm) BOX/PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

14 16 22 28

M8 - M10 M12 M16 M20

12,5 15,0 20,5 26,0

x x x x

1000 1000 1000 1000

10 5 10 5

SP-CE-R10 SP-CE-R12 SP-CE-R16 SP-CE-R20

THREADED RODS
MATERIAL

Grade 4.8, Length 1m


THREAD QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

steel DIN 975 - zinc plated.

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

50 50 25 20 10 10

975-06-1000-ZN 975-08-1000-ZN 975-10-1000-ZN 975-12-1000-ZN 975-16-1000-ZN 975-20-1000-ZN

Grade 8.8, Length 1m


THREAD QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

10 5 5 5 5 5

975-06-1000-88-ZN 975-08-1000-88-ZN 975-10-1000-88-ZN 975-12-1000-88-ZN 975-16-1000-88-ZN 975-20-1000-88-ZN

68

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

NUTS & WASHERS


Product Information
FLAT STANDARD WASHERS DIN 125
MATERIAL Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated. PROPERTIES e Made in accordance with DIN 125.
DIMMENSION (mm) QUANTITY BOX OUTER

DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

6.4 x 12.0 x 1.6 8.4 x 16.0 x 1.6 10.5 x 20.0 x 2.0 13.0 x 24.0 x 2.5 17.0 x 30.0 x 3.0 21.0 x 37.0 x 3.0

500 250 250 100 75 50

24000 12000 6000 4800 1800 1200

VMM-125-06-ZN VMM-125-08-ZN VMM-125-10-ZN VMM-125-12-ZN VMM-125-16-ZN VMM-125-20-ZN

FLAT LARGE WASHERS DIN 9021


MATERIAL Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated. PROPERTIES e Made in accordance with DIN 9021.
DIMMENSION (mm) QUANTITY BOX OUTER

DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

6.4 x 18.0 x 1.6 8.4 x 24.0 x 2.0 10.5 x 30.0 x 2.5 13.0 x 37.0 x 3.0 17.0 x 50.0 x 3.0 21.0 x 60.0 x 4.0

250 200 100 100 50 25

12000 4800 2400 1200 600 300

VMM-9021-06-ZN VMM-9021-08-ZN VMM-9021-10-ZN VMM-9021-12-ZN VMM-9021-16-ZN VMM-9021-20-ZN

COUPLING NUT
DESCRIPTION

For connecting multiple lengths of threaded rod.


MATERIAL

THREAD

NUT LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

18.0 24.0 30.0 36.0 48.0 60.0

500 250 125 75 40 20

2000 1000 500 300 160 80

6334-06-1000-ZN 6334-08-1000-ZN 6334-10-1000-ZN 6334-12-1000-ZN 6334-16-1000-ZN 6334-20-1000-ZN

Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated.


PROPERTIES

Made in accordance with DIN 6334

HEXAGONAL STANDARD NUTS DIN 934


MATERIAL Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated. PROPERTIES e Made in accordance with DIN 934.
QUANTITY BOX OUTER

DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT CODE

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20

250 250 250 150 100 50

12000 6000 3000 1800 900 450

VMM-934-06-ZN VMM-934-08-ZN VMM-934-10-ZN VMM-934-12-ZN VMM-934-16-ZN VMM-934-20-ZN 69

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

UNO
Product Information

UNIVERSAL PLUG

FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE ETC

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Shelving and cabinets e Suspended ceilings e Switch boxes e Trunking and cable trays e Boilers e Water heaters & radiators

DESCRIPTION Truly universal plug which fixes into any wall, ceiling or floor. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brickwork Stone Blockwork Plasterboard Etc TILED WALLS Not suitable for use with 10 mm grey plugs. Always use smallest gauge screw to prevent possibility of cracking the tile.

FEATURES 1. Unique design with expansion throughout the length of the plug. 2. Expands at the top giving instant grip. 3. Anti rotation features prevent spinning in the hole.

UNO
DESCRIPTION SCREW RANGE (mm) PLUG LENGTH (mm) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do ) BOX/PACK QUANTITY OUTER QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE OPTIONS CLIP TUB BAG BOX NEW CODE

96 24 Yellow 3.0 - 4.5 24 5 24 1000 48 96 288 48 24 24 1000 48 96 288 48 24 24 1000 80 10 Blue 4.5 - 6.0 32 8 10 1000 80 1000 60 272 50 100 50 50 100 50 50 100 50 50 100 25

10 10 10 1 10 10 20 10 10 10 1 10 10 20 10 10 10 1 10 10 10 1 10 1 10 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 10

Red

3.5 - 5.0

28

Brown

4.0 - 6.0

30

Grey Mixed Red/ Brown/Blue 5 mm Nylon 6 mm Nylon 8 mm Nylon 10 mm Nylon

5.0 - 8.0 3.5 - 6.0

36 28/30/32

10 6/7/8

3.0 - 4.5

24

3.5 - 5.0

28

4.5 - 6.0

32

5.0 - 8.0

36

10

With screws With screws and drill With drill With screws and drill With screws With screws With screws and drill With screws With coach screws With coach screws and drill With screws With screws With screws With screws

68-500 68-505 68-510 68-507 68-515 68-520 68-525 68-530 68-535 68-540 68-517 68-555 68-560 68-565 68-570 68-575 68-580 68-557 68-595 68-600 68-605 68-597 68-615 68-617 68-630 68-635 68-640 68-645 68-650 68-655 68-660 68-665 68-670 68-675 68-680 68-685 68-690 68-695

UNO-YEL-96-C UNO-YEL-S-24-T UNO-YEL-SD-24-T UNO-YEL-1000 UNO-RED-48-C UNO-RED-96-C UNO-RED-288 UNO-RED-D-48-T UNO-RED-SD-24-T UNO-RED-S-24-T UNO-RED-1000 UNO-BRN-48-C UNO-BRN-96-C UNO-BRN-288 UNO-BRN-D-48-T UNO-BRN-SD-24-T UNO-BRN-S-24-T UNO-BRN-1000 UNO-BLU-80-C UNO-BLU-CS-10-T UNO-BLU-CSD-10-T UNO-BLU-1000 UNO-GRY-80-C UNO-GRY-1000 UNO-MIX-272-T UNO-MIX-272 UNO-N-05-10/50 UNO-N-05 UNO-N-05-S-50 UNO-N-06-10/50 UNO-N-06 UNO-N-06-S-50 UNO-N-08-10/50 UNO-N-08 UNO-N-08-CS-50 UNO-N-10-10/50 UNO-N-10 UNO-N-10-CS-25

70

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

UNO
Speci cation Data
MATERIAL SCREW SIZE (mm) 5 mm NYLON YELLOW MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD (kg) 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm NYLON NYLON NYLON RED BROWN BLUE GREY

UNIVERSAL PLUG

FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE ETC

MATERIAL

SCREW SIZE (mm)

5 mm NYLON YELLOW

MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD (kg) 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm NYLON NYLON NYLON RED BROWN BLUE GREY

30 N/mm2 CONCRETE

CONCRETE HOLLOW CORE BEAM

20.5 N/mm2 BRICK

PERFORATED BRICKWORK

2.8 N/mm2 BLOCKWORK

3.5 N/mm2 BLOCKWORK

3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 7 8 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 8 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 7 8 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 8 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 8 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6 8

33 58 81

27 47 63 83

59 75 95 113

38 55 80 125

HOLLOW 7 N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 75 146 247

28 31 35

36 41 48

45 50 58

51 58

1 5 N/mm2 BLOCKWORK 60 68

23 36 53 70

31 55 75 95

43 54 68 83 100

45 60 88 118

70 80 100 125

HOLLOW CLAY POT

15 20 25

30 36 43

45 55 65

9.5 mm PLASTERBOARD 50 70 63 85 12.5 mm PLASTERBOARD

6 7 8

9 10 12

12 14 17

15 18

19 22 2.5 mm PLYWOOD

8 9 10

11 13 15

15 18 22

19 23

3 3.5 4 4,5 5 6 8 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 7 8 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 3,5 4 4,5 5 5,5 6 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 6

18 21 24

28 33 38

38 43 48

45 50

53 58

16 25 37 49

22 39 53 67

30 38 47 58 70

32 42 61 82

49 56 70 88

13 15 16

18 20 21

23 25 26

26 28

29 30

7 8 9

7 8 9 10

8 9 10 10

9 10 10

10 11

9 9 9

9 10 10

10 10 11

11 11

11 13

9 9 9

9 10 10

10 11 11

11 11

24 28

Installation

1. Solid Walls. Drill hole to suit screw length. Clean out hole.

2. Insert plug and tap flush to surface. Place item to be fixed. Insert screw and tighten.

3. Combination Walls (install as diagram 2).

3. Hollow Walls. Drill hole, insert plug and tap flush to surface. Place item to be fixed, insert screw and tighten.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

71

FIX EXPANSION PLUG


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, STONE ETC.

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Shelving and cabinets e Suspended ceilings e Switch boxes e Trunking and cable trays e Boilers e Water heaters & radiators MATERIAL Plug sleeve: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) or impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP Screw: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brick Concrete Blockwork Stone Etc.

FIX - EXPANSION PLUGS

WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW WITH POZIDRIVE

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

BOX/PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

5 6 8 10 12 14

25 30 40 50 60 70

100 100 100 100 50 25

9600 4800 2400 2400 1200 600

FIX-N-05 FIX-N-06 FIX-N-08 FIX-N-10 FIX-N-12 FIX-N-14

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

SCREW DIMENSIONS (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

5 6 8 8

25 30 40 40

3.5 x 30 3.5 x 40 5.0 x 45 5.0 x 60

100 100 100 100

4800 4800 2400 2400

FIX-05+ FIX-06+340 FIX-08+ FIX-08+560

FIX - EXPANSION PLUGS WITH COLLAR

WITH COACH SCREW

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

BOX/PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

6 8 10 12 14

30 40 50 60 70

100 100 100 50 25

4800 2400 2400 1200 600

FIX-NF-06 FIX-NF-08 FIX-NF-10 FIX-NF-12 FIX-NF-14


HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) PLUG LENGTH (mm) SCREW DIMENSIONS (mm) PACK QUANTITY OUTER QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

10 12

50 60

6.0 x 60 8.0 x 70

100 50

1200 600

FIX-10/660 FIX-12/70

Installation

72

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

FIX EXPANSION PLUG


FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, STONE ETC.

Product Information
WITH ANGLE HOOK WITH ROUND HOOK

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

HOOK DIMENSIONS (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

HOOK DIMENSIONS (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

6 8 10 12

30 40 50 60

4.5 x 35 5.0 x 50 6.0 x 55 8.0 x 65

100 100 100 50

2400 1200 1200 600

FIX-06K FIX-08K FIX-10K FIX-12K

6 8 10

30 40 50

4.5 x 50 5.0 x 65 6.0 x 85

100 100 100

2400 1200 1200

FIX-06S FIX-08S FIX-10S

WITH PIG TAIL HOOK

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

HOOK DIMENSIONS (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

12

60

8.0 x 130

25

600

FIX-12H

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

73

STAIR-TREAD FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, STEEL

Product Information
STAIR-TREAD FIXINGS FOR INSTALLATION ON CONCRETE STAIRCASE STRINGERS
MATERIAL Plug sleeve: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) Screw: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m Washer: polypropylene CONTENTS OF SET: expansion plug countersunk head screw, 4 levelling washers

STAIR-TREAD FIXINGS FOR INSTALLATION ON STEEL STAIRCASE STRINGERS


MATERIAL Plug sleeve: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) Screw: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m Washer: polypropylene CONTENTS OF SET: expansion plug countersunk head screw, 4 levelling washers

S1

S1

L1

L2

S2

L1
PACK QUANTITY OUTER QUANTITY

L2

S1 (mm) 14

L1 (mm) 22

S2 (mm) 8

L2 (mm) 40

PRODUCT CODE

S1 (mm) 14

L1 (mm) 20

S2 (mm) 9

S2

L2 (mm) 10

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

25

600

LSB

25

600

LSM

CENTRE PUNCHES FOR STAIR TREADS


S2 (mm) 8,0 9,0
PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

2 2

LSB-P LSM-P

Installation in concrete

Installation in hollow steel construction

74

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

DOOR STOPS BALL SHAPED


Product Information
MATERIAL Plug sleeve: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) Screw: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m Door stop: polyethylene with vinyl acetate CONTENTS OF SET: expansion plug countersunk head screw, ball-shaped door stop

L2

S2 (mm) 8 8 8 8 8

L2 (mm) 40 40 40 40 40

COLOR OF THE BALL

S2

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

white beige brown black grey

15 15 15 15 15

180 180 180 180 180

FIX-ODBK-01 FIX-ODBK-02 FIX-ODBK-03 FIX-ODBK-04 FIX-ODBK-05

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

75

PLASTIC PLUGS
FOR BRICKWORK & CONCRETE

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing central heating pipes, shelving, brackets, dado rails and other woodwork. e Securing light wall units and kitchen fittings. DESCRIPTION All purpose cost effective fixing for medium and lightweight applications. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Brickwork Concrete FEATURES 1. Profiled Body for extra grip. 2. Anti-rotation fins. 3. Three colour coded sizes for screws from 3-6 mm (No. 4-14). 4. Additional sizes for screws 3-10 mm (No. 4-20).

2 PLASTIC PLUGS
DESCRIPTION SCREW RANGE (mm) PLUG LENGTH (mm) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PRODUCT CODE OPTIONS BOX/PACK QUANTITY CARDED CLIP UNCARDED PACKS BOX NEW CODE

YELLOW

3.0 - 5.0 No. 4 - 10

25

with drill RED 3.5 - 5.5 No. 6 - 12 35 6

with drill BROWN 5.0 - 6.0 No. 10 - 14 45 7 with drill

20 100 100 300 1000 20 50 100 100 300 1000 20 50 100 100 100 300 1000 300 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 10 x 10 22 x 50 44 x 50

67-128 67-125 67-126 67-900 67-910 67-138 67-300 67-130 67-134 67-902 67-913 67-237 67-310 67-231 67-233 67-315 67-904 67-916 67-905 67-008 67-012 67-016 67-020 67-024 67-028 67-021 67-029 67-032 67-965 67-960

YEL-20-NC YEL-100-NC YEL-100-C YEL-300 YEL-1000 RED-20-NC RED-10/50+D RED-100-NC RED-100-C RED-300 RED-1000 BRN-20-NC BRN-10/50+D BRN-100-NC BRN-100-C BRN-10/100+D BRN-300 BRN-1000 AST PLP-GRN PLP-PNK PLP-ORG PLP-GRY PLP-WHT PLP-BLU PLP-RED PLP-BRN PLP-YEL PLP-22 PLP-44

ASSORTED yellow, red, brown GREEN PINK 0RANGE GREY WHITE BLUE RED BROWN YELLOW BROWN BROWN 76

3.0 - 6.0 No 4 - 14 3.0 - 4,5 No. 4 - 8 3.5 - 5.0 No. 6 - 10 4.5 - 5.5 No. 8 - 12 4.5 - 5.0 No. 8 - 10 4.5 - 5.5 No. 10 - 14 5.0 - 6.0 No. 10 - 14 4.5 - 5.0 No. 8 - 10 5.0 - 6.0 No. 10 - 14 8.0 - 10.0 No. 16 - 20 5.0 - 6.0 No. 10 - 14 5.0 - 6.0 No. 10 - 14

25 - 45 20 25 25 35 35 35 35 35 50 35 35

5-7 4.5 5.5 6.5 5.5 6.5 8.0 5.5 8.0 11 8.0 8.0

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

PLASTIC PLUGS
FOR BRICKWORK & CONCRETE

Product Information

Plastic Plug Performance Data


MATERIAL SCREW SIZE (mm) MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD (kg) YELLOW (5 mm) RED (6 mm) BROWN (7 mm)

3.0 3.5 4.0 20 N/mm2 Brick 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 30 N/mm2 Concrete 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0

17 26 43 55 68 34 55 60 68 85 64 83 100 21 30 51 68 43 68 72 81 75 100 115

Installation

1. Mark out and drill holes.

2. Clean out holes and insert plastic plug. Tap home.

3. Position fixture, insert screw. Tighten until fixture is secure.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

77

RAWL-IN-ONE MULTI-PURPOSE PLUG


FOR HOLLOW, SOLID & COMBINATION WALLS

Product Information
1 4 2
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Perfect for household fixtures, cupboards, small shelves, hooks etc. e Hollow walls plasterboard, plywood, chipboard etc. Sizes 5 & 6mm only. e Solid wallsbrickwork, blockwork, concrete etc. All plug sizes. e Combination wallsdry lined walls etc. All plug sizes. DESCRIPTION The all-purpose plug which accepts a variety of screw sizes. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Hollow, Solid & Combination Walls. FEATURES 1. Flange ensures flush fit to surface. Can be collapsed for deep setting in solid materials. 2. Anti-rotation fins prevent spinning when tightening screw. 3. Engineered grip feature for extra holding power. 4. Twin expansion points for a strong fix in hollow, solid or combination materials

3 4

RAWL-IN-ONE Multi-purpose Plug


PLUG DIAMETER (mm) SCREW RANGE (mm) HOLE DIAMETER (do) SOLID SUBSTRATES (mm) HOLOW & COMBINATION SUBSTARTES (mm) OPTIONS PACK/CLIP QUANTITY CLIP 48 PCS PRODUCT CODES NEW CODES

DESCRIPTION

5 Mixed 48 pcs 6 8 10

3.0 - 5.0 (No 4 - 10) 3.5 - 5.5 (No 6 - 12) 4.5 - 6.0 (No 8 - 10) 5.0 - 8.0 (No 4 - 10)

5 6 8 10

4.5 5.5 carded 7 9

8 20 67-614 16 4 RIO-48-C

Rawl-in-One Multi-purpose Plug Performance Data


MATERIAL MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm

7 N/mm2 Blockwork (Solid) 7 N/mm2 Blockwork (Solid)

20 kg 25 kg

25 kg 30 kg

30 kg 35 kg

40 kg 50 kg

Installation
Solid walls Combination walls

Hollow walls

1. Mark out and drill holes.

2. Clean out holes and insert Rawl-in-Oneplug. Tap home.

3. Position fixture, insert screw. Tighten until fixture is secure.

78

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

HDPE PLASTIC PLUG


FOR CONCRETE, BLOCKS, SOLID & HOLLOW BRICK, LOW DENSITY MATERIALS

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e For fixings of light weight loads e.g. switches, sockets, conduits trunking, skirtings and frames, junction boxes etc.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Stone/Rock, Solid Bricks & Blocks, Low Density Materials, Holow Bricks, Building Blocks, Board Materials.

HDPE PLASTIC PLUG


DESCRIPTION DRILL DIAMETER (mm) SCREW GAUGE PLUG LENGTH (mm) BOX QUANTITY OUTER QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

RED BROWN YELLOW

5.5, 6.0 7 5, 5.5

6, 8 & 10 8, 10, 12 & 14 4, 6 & 8

34 40 22

100 100 100

1000 1000 1000

67-200 67-602 67-603

LIGHTWEIGHT BLOCK ANCHOR


Steel fixing giving good performance in light weight blocks such as aerated and loght aggregate blocks.

DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT CODE

BOX QUANTITY

LIST PRICE PER BOX

LIST PRICE PER 100

GROUP DISCOUNT CODE

mm

pcs

6 x 32 8 x 38 8 x 60 10 x 60

KGS-0632 KGS-0838 KGS-0860 KGS-1060

200 200 100 100

45.00 55.80 29.90 34.45

22.50 27.90 29.90 34.45

B-CP-A41 B-CP-A41 B-CP-A41 B-CP-A41

Installation

1. Mark out and drill holes.

2. Clean out holes and insert plastic plug. Tap home.

3. Position fixture, insert screw. Tighten until fixture is secure.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

79

SANITARY FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE

Product Information
DESCRIPTION A dedicated range of fixings, designed for secure mounting of all types of Sanitary Ware into solid substrates. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Brick, Block, Stone.

WC OR BIDET LATERAL FIXING SET

HOLE DIAMETER IN SUBSTRATES (mm)

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

10 mm

67-448

R-STY-PB

Installation

CORNER BASIN FIXING SET

HOLE DIAMETER IN SUBSTRATES (mm)

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

8 mm

67-482

R-STY-CB

Installation

80

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCK & STONE

SANITARY FIXINGS

Product Information
MATERIAL Plug sleeve: impact resistant copolymer of polypropylene PP or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) Screw: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m Off-centre washer and masking cap: polypropylene SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Brick, Block, Stone.

WASHBASIN FIXINGS
CONTENTS OF SET: 2 expansion plugs, 2 stud screws, 2 nuts, 2 off-centre washers, 2 cover caps.
HOLE DIAMETER PLUG DESCRIPTION (mm) (do) SCREW DESCRIPTION COLOUR OF COVER CAPS QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

10 12 12 14 10 12 12 14 10 12 12 14 10 12 12 14

10 x 50 12 x 60 12 x 60 14 x 70 10 x 50 12 x 60 12 x 60 14 x 70 10 x 50 12 x 60 12 x 60 14 x 70 10 x 50 12 x 60 12 x 60 14 x 70

M8 x 80 M8 x 100 M8 x 120 M10 x 140 M8 x 80 M8 x 100 M8 x 120 M10 x 140 M8 x 80 M8 x 100 M8 x 120 M10 x 140 M8 x 80 M8 x 100 M8 x 120 M10 x 140 gold alumin. silver white

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

125 100 75 65 125 100 75 65 125 100 75 65 125 100 75 65

KPU100 KPU120 KPU140 KPU141 KPU100A KPU120A KPU140A KPU141A KPU100S KPU120S KPU140S KPU141S KPU100Z KPU120Z KPU140Z KPU141Z

Installation

WC-FIXINGS
CONTENTS OF SET: 2 expansion plugs, 2 snap-fit sleeves, 2 hexagonal head screws, 2 cover caps.
HOLE DIAMETER PLUG DESCRIPTION (mm) (do) SCREW DESCRIPTION COLOUR OF COVER CAPS QUANTITY PACK OUTER PRODUCT CODE

10 10 10 10

10 x 50 10 x 50 10 x 50 10 x 50

6,0 x 80 6,0 x 80 6,0 x 80 6,0 x 80

white silver alumin. gold

1 1 1 1

500 500 500 500

KPM100 KPM100S KPM100A KPM100Z

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

81

FRAME FIXING
FOR CONCRETE, STONE, BRICKWORK & BLOCKWORK

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Quick, easy fixing of timber or metal door and window frames. e No marking out - drill straight through frame. DESCRIPTION Fixing timber or metal window and door frames. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Stone, Brickwork & Blockwork. FEATURES 1. Countersunk Pozi-head screw provided, suitable for use with screw caps. 2. Durable PA6 grade nylon for extended fixing life. 3. Tough nylon sleeve prevents frame distortion during tightening. 4. Anti-rotation lugs. 5. Extended zig-zag design for enhanced expansion.

FRAME FIXINGS
MAX FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) PRODUCT CODE QUANTITY PACK BOX NEW CODE

DESCRIPTION

SCREWHEAD TYPE (mm)

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

8 x 60

Countersunk Pozi 3

20

8 x 80

Countersunk Pozi 3

40

8 x 100 8 x 120 10 x 80

Countersunk Pozi 3 Countersunk Pozi 3 Countersunk Pozi 4

8 8 10

60 80 30

10 x 100

Countersunk Pozi 4

10

50

10 x 120

Countersunk Pozi 4

10

70

10 x 135

Countersunk Pozi 4

10

85

10 x 160

Countersunk Pozi 4

10

110

16 50 4 6 + drill 16 50 16 50 16 50 12 50 4 6 + drill 12 50 4 12 16 50 4 12 50 12 50

21-357 21-320 21-373 21-358 21-350 21-323 21-351 21-326 21-352 21-329 21-371 21-335 21-383 21-360 21-366 21-338 21-390 21-367 21-354 21-340 21-393 21-368 21-344 21-369 21-347

FF-08060/16 FF-08060 FF-08080/04 FF-08080/06-D FF-08080/16 FF-08080 FF-08100/16 FF-08100 FF-08120/16 FF-08120 FF-10080/12 FF-10080 FF-10100/04 FF-10100/06-D FF-10100/12 FF-10100 FF-10120/04 FF-10120/12 FF-10120/16 FF-10120 FF-10135/04 FF-10135/12 FF-10135 FF-10160/12 FF-10160

Frame Fixing Performance Data


MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD MATERIAL TENSION 8 mm TENSION 10 mm

Blockwork 7 N/mm2 Brick 20 N/mm2

80 kg 100 kg 125 kg

100 kg 120 kg 150 kg

Concrete 30 N/mm2 82 Technical Advisory Service Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

FRAME FIXING
FOR CONCRETE, STONE, BRICKWORK & BLOCKWORK

Product Information
FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE WITH COACH SCREW

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

SCREW

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

SCREW

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

4,8x65/Pozi3 4,8x85/Pozi3 4,8x105/Pozi3 4,8x125/Pozi3 4,8x145/Pozi3 6,8x85/Pozi4 6,8x105/Pozi4 6,8x125/Pozi4 6,8x145/Pozi4 6,8x165/Pozi4 6,8x205/Pozi4 6,8x245/Pozi4

100 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 25

1200 600 600 600 600 600 450 300 300 300 300 300

KKS-08060 KKS-08080 KDS-08100 KDS-08120 KDS-08140 KDS-10080 KDS-10100 KDS-10120 KDS-10140 KDS-10160 KDS-10200 KDS-10240

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

6,8x85/13 6,8x105/13 6,8x125/13 6,8x145/13 6,8x165/13 6,8x205/13 6,8x245/13

50 25 25 25 25 25 25

600 450 300 300 300 300 300

KD-10080 KD-10100 KD-10120 KD-10140 KD-10160 KD-10200 KD-10240

FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE WITH COUNTERSUNK TORX HEAD SCREW

FRAME FIXINGS WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE WITH COACHSCREW AND WASHER
HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) SCREW QUANTITY PACK OUTER PRODUCT CODE

10 10 10 10 10 10

6,8x85/Torx40 6,8x105/Torx40 6,8x125/Torx40 6,8x145/Torx40 6,8x165/Torx40 6,8x205/Torx40

50 25 25 25 25 25

600 450 300 300 300 300

KDT-10080 KDT-10100 KDT-10120 KDT-10140 KDT-10160 KDT-10200

BASE MATERIAL HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT TYPE

RECOMMENDED LOAD CAPACITY (kN) 8mm 10mm 16mm

SCREW

PRODUCT CODE

CONCRETE C20/25 SOLID BRICK AERATED CONCRETE HOLLOW BRICK CLAY BLOCK

KK* KK* KD* KD* KD*

0.6 0.4 0.5 0.3

1,0 0.9 0.6 0.7 0.4 1.4 1.1 0.7

16 16 16 16

11,8x145/19 11,8x165/19 11,8x205/19 11,8x245/19

20 20 20 20

200 200 200 200

KD-16140 KD-16160 KD-16200 KD-16240

Installation

1. Place frame in position and drill appropriate diameter hole through frame and into base material. The hole depth (including frame) should equal plug length plus 10mm. Clean out hole. Countersink for neat finish.

2. Insert plug through fixture into hole and lightly tap until flush with the surface.

3. Insert the screw and tighten until secure.

4. Fit a screw cap when fixing is complete (optional).

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

83

HAMMER FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCKWORK, STONE

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing stud battens to walls before cladding. e Fixing long runs of shelf supports. e Fixing skirting boards to walls. DESCRIPTION For fast, repetitive fixing with minimal screwdriver work. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Blockwork, Stone, Sandstone, Etc. MATERIAL Plug sleeve: impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon). Nail: steel electro-zinc coated ~10 m. FEATURES 1. Reinforced screwhead - facilitates high knock-in loads with the added benefit of plug neck grip. 2. Hammer in drive screw for fast installation. 3. Deforming crumple zone allows quick adjustment in uneven surfaces. 4. Extended expansion zone gives extra grip.

HAMMER FIXINGS, COUNTERSUNK HEAD WITH STEEL NAIL

HAMMER FIXINGS CYLINDER HEAD WITH STEEL NAIL

PLUG DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER

PLUG DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

FLANGE DIAMETER (mm)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER

5 x 25 5 x 30 5 x 35 5 x 40 5 x 50 6 x 30 6 x 35 6 x 40 6 x 45 6 x 50 6 x 55 6 x 60 6 x 70 6 x 80 8 x 45 8 x 60 8 x 80 8 x 100 8 x 120 8 x 140 8 x 160 10 x 100 10 x 120 10 x 140

5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10

Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi3 Pozi3 Pozi3

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25

2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 1800 1800 1800 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 600 600 600 600 600 300 300 300

FX-N-05L025 FX-N-05L030 FX-N-05L035 FX-N-05L040 FX-N-05L050 FX-N-06L030 FX-N-06L035 FX-N-06L040 FX-N-06L045 FX-N-06L050 FX-N-06L055 FX-N-06L060 FX-N-06L070 FX-N-06L080 FX-N-08L045 FX-N-08L060 FX-N-08L080 FX-N-08L100 FX-N-08L120 FX-N-08L140 FX-N-08L160 N-10L100 N-10L120 N-10L140

5 x 25 5 x 30 5 x 35 5 x 40 5 x 50 6 x 30 6 x 35 6 x 40 6 x 45 6 x 55 6 x 60 6 x 70 6 x 80 8 x 45 8 x 60 8 x 80 8 x 100 8 x 120

5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8

8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12

Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50

2400 FX-N-05C025 2400 FX-N-05C030 2400 FX-N-05C035 2400 FX-N-05C040 2400 FX-N-05C050 2400 FX-N-05C030 2400 FX-N-06C035 2400 FX-N-06C040 1800 FX-N-06C045 1800 FX-N-06C055 1200 FX-N-06C060 1200 FX-N-06C070 1200 FX-N-06C080 1200 FX-N-08C045 1200 FX-N-08C060 600 600 600 FX-N-08C080 FX-N-08C100 FX-N-08C120

Installation

84

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

HAMMER FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, BRICK, BLOCKWORK, STONE

Product Information
HAMMER FIXINGS, FLAT MUSHROOM HEAD WITH STEEL NAIL HAMMER FIXINGS WITH NYLON NAIL

FX-N-06K040P

PLUG DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

FLANGE DIAMETER (mm)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER

FX-N-06L040P

6 x 30 6 x 35 6 x 40 6 x 45 6 x 55 6 x 60 6 x 70 6 x 80

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

2400 FX-N-06K030 2400 FX-N-06K035 2400 FX-N-06K040 1800 FX-N-06K045 1800 FX-N-06K055 1200 FX-N-06K060 1200 FX-N-06K070 1200 FX-N-06K080 FX-N-06C040P
PLUG DESCRIPTION HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) HEAD PLUG TYPE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER

6 x 40 6 x 40 6 x 40

6 6 6

Mushroom Countersunk Cylinder

100 100 100

2400 2400 2400

FX-N-06K040P FX-N-06L040P FX-N-06C040P

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing stud battens to walls before cladding. e Fixing long runs of shelf supports. e Fixing skirting boards to walls. DESCRIPTION For fast, repetitive fixing with minimal screwdriver work. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Lightweight concrete, Cellular brick, Hollow brick, Etc. MATERIAL Plug sleeve: impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon). Nail: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m. high knock-in loads with the added benefit of plug neck grip. 2. Hammer in drive screw for fast installation. 3. Deforming crumple zone allows quick adjustment in uneven surfaces. FEATURES 4. Extended expansion zone gives 1. Reinforced screwhead - facilitates extra grip.

HAMMER FIXINGS WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD WITH LONG EXPANSION ZONE WITH STEEL NAIL

PLUG DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER

8 x 100 8 x 120 8 x 140

8 8 8

Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2

50 50 50

600 600 600

N-KWD-08L100 N-KWD-08L120 N-KWD-08L140

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

85

PVCu FRAME FIXING


FOR CONCRETE, STONE, BRICKWORK & BLOCKWORK

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Rapid installation of new PVCu double glazing units. e Secure fixings for PVCu and aluminium replacement frames. e Fixing clips into reinforced and unreinforced PVCu frames for extra support. DESCRIPTION Direct mounting of PVCu window frames to solid brickwork and masonry. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Stone, Brickwork & Blockwork. NB. Not suitable for hollow brickwork. FEATURES 1. Locking tabs clip into the PVCu frame. 2. Durable PA6 nylon sleeve for extended fixing life. 3. Design prevents frame distortion when tightening.

PVCu FRAME FIXING

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER IN STRUCTURE (mm) (do)

HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm)

MAX FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm)

QUANTITY

PACK

BOX

8 x 100 8 x 140 10 x 100 10 x 120 10 x 120 10 x 140

8 8 10 10 10 10

9 9 11 11 11 11

35 75 35 55 55 75

100 100 100 16 100 16 21-627 21-625

21-650 21-652 21-656

21-658

PVCu FRAME FIXING Performance Data

MAXIMUM SAFE WORKING LOAD TENSION AND SHEAR MATERIAL

8 mm 50 kg 60 kg 100 kg

10 mm 70 kg 80 kg 130 kg

7 N/mm2 Blockwork 20 N/mm2 Brick 30 N/mm2 Concrete

Installation

1. Place frame in position and drill through section at manufacturers recommended centres.

2. Drill through frame holes into base material to required depth, using appropriate size of masonry drill. Total hole depth (incl. frame) should equal fixing length plus 10mm.

3. Clean hole and install fixing through frame into masonry. Tighten screw until secure. Fixing may be released and re-secured, if necessary, to align frame accurately. Fit a screw cap when fixing is complete (optional).

86

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

METAL FRAME FIXING


FOR CONCRETE, STONE, BRICKWORK & BLOCKWORK

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixes door and window frames to most types of building material. e Easy fixing for metal-framed doors and windows. e Perfect for installing patio doors. DESCRIPTION For distortion-free installation of metal frames. No marking out - fixes straight through the fixture into the substrate. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Stone, Brickwork & Blockwork. NB. Not suitable for hollow brickwork. FEATURES 1. Anti-rotation lugs prevent rotation during tightening. 2. All-steel construction for strength and durability. 3. Metal sleeve design avoids frame distortion during tightening up.

METAL FRAME FIXINGS

DESCRIPTION

SCREWHEAD TYPE

HOLE DIAMETER IN STRUCTURE (mm) (do)

HOLE DIAMETER IN FIXTURE (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

10 x 72 10 x 92 10 x 112 10 x 132 10 x 152 10 x 182 10 x 202

Pozi 3 Pozi 3 Pozi 3 Pozi 3 Pozi 3 Pozi 3 Pozi 3

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

11 11 11 11 11 11 11

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

21-100 21-101 21-102 21-104 21-106 21-108

O-10072 O-10092 O-10112 O-10132 O-10152 O-10182 O-10202

METAL FRAME FIXINGS Performance Data

MASKING CAPS FOR METAL FRAME FIXINGS

MATERIAL

MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD TENSION (kg)

CAP DIAMETER (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

20 N/mm2 Brick 30 N/mm2 Concrete

120 170

15 15

100 100

1000 1000

KO-BIALY/WHT KO-BRAZ/BRN

Installation

1. Pre-drill the frame with an 11mm HSS twist drill.

2. Place frame in position and drill through frame holes into base material to required depth, using recommended masonry drill. Total hole depth (incl. frame) should equal length of fixing plus 10 mm.

3. Clean hole and install fixing through frame into masonry. Tighten screw until secure. Fixing may be released and resecured, if necessary, to align frame accurately.

4. Fit masking cup.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

87

CONCRETE FRAME SCREWS


FOR CONCRETE, STONE, BRICKWORK & BLOCKWORK

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Door and window frames e Securing formwork e M & E instalation e Suspended ceilings e Lightweight steel angles MATERIAL hardened steel, electro-zinc coated ~10 m SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Pre-drilled 6mm: concrete, full and hollow brick, clinker brick, stone, structural clay tile. Without pre-drilling: aerated concrete, timber. INSTALLATION TIPS Minimum screw anchorage depth: for dense building materials 30 mm, for aerated concrete and timber - 60 mm. FEATURES 1. No expansion force therefore imposes less stress on substrate during installation. 2. Small hole diameter giving high loads. 3. Easily removed for temporary works.

Concrete Frame Screw With Cylinder Head


DESCRIPTION HOLE DIAMETER (do) SCREWHEAD TYPE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

7.5 x 52 7.5 x 72 7.5 x 92 7.5 x 112 7.5 x 132 7.5 x 152 7.5 x 182

6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Torx 25 Torx 25 Torx 25 Torx 25 Torx 25 Torx 25 Torx 25

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

WHS-75052 WHS-75072 WHS-75092 WHS-75112 WHS-75132 WHS-75152 WHS-75182

Concrete Frame Screw With Countersunk Head


DESCRIPTION HOLE DIAMETER (do) SCREWHEAD TYPE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

7.5 x 52 7.5 x 72 7.5 x 92 7.5 x 112 7.5 x 132 7.5 x 152 7.5 x 182

6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Torx 30 Torx 30 Torx 30 Torx 30 Torx 30 Torx 30 Torx 30

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

WHO-75052 WHO-75072 WHO-75092 WHO-75112 WHO-75132 WHO-75152 WHO-75182

Concrete Frame Screw Performance Data


BASE MATERIAL CHARACTERISTIC LOAD CAPACITY * RECOMMENDED LOAD CAPACITY * (kN) (kN) BASE MATERIAL PREDRILLED HOLE DIAMETER (mm) MINIMUM FIXTURE DEPTH (mm) MINIMUM HOLE DEPTH (mm)

Concrete C20/25 Solid Brick Aerated Concrete Hollow Brick

5.1 2.1 1.1 0.9

1.7 0.7 0.4 0.3

Concrete C20/25 Solid Brick, Hollow Brick Aerated Concrete

6 6

30 60 60

40 70 70

* Recommended load capacity for shear and tension.

Installation

1. Pre-drilled 6mm in concrete, full and hollow brick, clinker brick, stone, structural clay tile. 2. Without pre-drilling in aerated concrete, timber.

88

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWL R-EXP ANCHOR


FOR CONCRETE, STONE, BRICKWORK & BLOCKWORK

Product Information
1
DESCRIPTION Fast, economical through fixing for securing timber and metal profiles to solid brickwork and masonry. No marking out or screwing required, simply hammers through fixture into pre-drilled hole. FEATURES 1. Collar holds fixture firmly in place, no screw required. 2. Spring steel anchor expands along its full length to provide a secure fixing.

SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Stone, Brickwork & Blockwork.

PERFORMANCE (CONCRETE C20/25)


LOADING DIRECTION PRODUCT DIAMETER EMBEDMENT DEPTH (mm) REDUCED STANDARD REDUCED STANDARD REDUCED STANDARD REDUCED STANDARD 30 45 40 60 30 45 40 60 ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE (kN) 1.6 3.2 4.0 6.8 4.0 7.0 9.0 14.0 SAFE WORKING LOAD (kN) 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.4 1.0 1.8 2.3 3.5
DESCRIPTION HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) HOLE DEPTH (Inclusive of Fixture Thickness) (mm) BOX QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

6mm TENSION 8mm

6 x 40 6 x 50 6 x 60 6 x 80 8 x 70 8 x 90 8 x 110 8 x 130

6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8

45 55 65 85 75 95 115 135

200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

21-240 21-242 21-244 21-246 21-258 21-260 21-262 21-264

EXP-06040 EXP-06050 EXP-06060 EXP-06080 EXP-08070 EXP-08090 EXP-080110 EXP-080130

6mm SHEAR 8mm

INSTALLATION
PRODUCT SIZE 6 x 40 6 x 50 6 x 60 6 x 80 8 x 70 8 x 90 8 x 110 8 x 130 8 x 150 MAXIMUM FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) STANDARD 5 15 35 10 30 50 70 90 REDUCED 10 20 30 50 30 50 70 90 110

Installation

1. Drill hole trough fixture and into substrate. Clean out debris.

2. Insert anchor.

3. Hammer until flush to surface.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

89

DRYWALL SCREWS
Drywall Screws Black Phosphate
Coarse Thread For Timber
APPLICATION Mainly in drywall systems for fixing plasterboards to wooden framing. MATERIAL Low-carbon steel-black phosphate coating. PROPERTIES e Bugle Head Philips2.

Fine Thread For Sheet Metal


APPLICATION Mainly in drywall systems for fixing plasterboards to metal framing. MATERIAL Low-carbon steel-black phosphate coating. PROPERTIES e Bugle Head Philips2.

SCREW SIZE (mm)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

BOX/PACK QUANTITY (pcs)

OUTER QUANTITY (pcs)

PRODUCT CODE

SCREW SIZE (mm)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

BOX/PACK QUANTITY (pcs)

OUTER QUANTITY (pcs)

PRODUCT CODE

3.5 x 25 3.5 x 32 3.5 x 38 3.5 x 42 3.5 x 50 4.2 x 60 4.2 x 75

Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2

1000 1000 1000 500 500 250 250

18000 12000 12000 6000 6000 3000 3000

FT-3525 FT-3532 FT-3538 FT-3542 FT-3550 FT-4260 FT-4275

3.5 x 25 3.5 x 32 3.5 x 38 3.5 x 42 3.5 x 50 4.2 x 60 4.2 x 75

Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2

1000 1000 1000 500 500 250 250

18000 12000 12000 6000 6000 3000 3000

FS-3525 FS-3532 FS-3538 FS-3542 FS-3550 FS-4260 FS-4275

Drywall Collated Screws Black Phosphate


APPLICATION Mainly in drywall systems for fixing plasterboards to wooden metal framing. MATERIAL Low-carbon steel-black phosphate coating. PROPERTIES e Bugle Head Philips2.

Coarse Thread For Timber


SCREW SIZE (mm) SCREWHEAD TYPE PIECES PER STRIPE BOX/PAX QUANTITY (pcs) OUTER QUANTITY (pcs) PRODUCT CODE

Coarse Thread For Timber


SCREW SIZE (mm) SCREWHEAD TYPE PIECES PER STRIPE BOX/PACK QUANTITY (pcs) OUTER QUANTITY (pcs) PRODUCT CODE

3.5 x 25 3.5 x 35 3.5 x 38 3.5 x 45 3.5 x 50 3.5 x 55 90

Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2

50 50 50 50 50 50

1000 1000 1000 500 500 250

10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000

FTC-3525 FTC-3535 FTC-3538 FTC-3545 FTC-3550 FTC-3555

3.5 x 25

Philips2

50

1000

10000

FSC-3525

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SELF-DRILLING/ DECKING SCREWS


Self-Drilling Jackpoint Screws
Countersunk Head Black Phosphate
APPLICATION Mainly for fixing plasterboard to light gauge steel constructions over 0.7 mm. MATERIAL Low-carbon steel-black phosphate coating. PROPERTIES e Drilling capacity (drill tip length) up to 1.2 mm.

Pan Head
APPLICATION Mainly for joining metal supporting profiles in drywall systems. MATERIAL Low carbon steel. PROPERTIES e Drilling capacity (drill tip length) up to 2.0 mm.

Phosphate Coating

SCREW SIZE (mm)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

BOX/PAX QUANTITY (pcs)

OUTER QUANTITY (pcs)

PRODUCT CODE

3,5 x 9,5 3,9 x 11

Philips2 Philips2

1000 1000

24000 24000

WS-3595 WS-3911

Zinc Plated min. 6 m.


SCREW SIZE (mm) SCREWHEAD TYPE BOX/PACK QUANTITY (pcs) OUTER QUANTITY (pcs) PRODUCT CODE

3,5 x 25 3,5 x 32 3,5 x 38 3,5 x 42 3,5 x 50 3,5 x 60

Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2 Philips2

1000 1000 1000 500 500 250

18000 12000 12000 6000 6000 3000

WS-3525 WS-3532 WS-3538 WS-3542 WS-3550 WS-3560


SCREW SIZE (mm) SCREWHEAD TYPE BOX/PACK QUANTITY (pcs) OUTER QUANTITY (pcs) PRODUCT CODE

3,5 x 9,5 3,9 x 11

Philips2 Philips2

1000 1000

24000 24000

WS-3595-OC WS-3911-OC

Decking Screws
APPLICATION Recommended for All Outdoor Uses with all Timber. MATERIAL High grade steel high-tech organic coating. PROPERTIES e High-tech organic coating offering exceptional resistance to corrosions, should last in axcess of 25 years.
e

Tested under 1500 hours of salt spray, which under normal atmosferic conditions, should last in excess of 25 years. Coarse threaded for effective cutting into tanalized timber board. Double-angled countersunk head Pozi2 to ensure high strength fixing by increased torsional strength.

SCREW SIZE (mm)

SCREWHEAD TYPE

BOX/PACK QUANTITY (pcs)

PRODUCT CODE

4.0 x 50 4.0 x 60 5.0 x 50 5.0 x 60 5.0 x 80

Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2 Pozi2

500 350 400 300 200

DS-4050 DS-4060 DS-5050 DS-5060 DS-5080

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

91

METAL SELF DRILL


FOR PLASTERBOARD

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Securing wall and ceiling fittings, installing hooks and brackets etc. e Fixing electrical boxes, sanitary ware, cable trunking etc. e Installing shelving units and wooden battens. DESCRIPTION No drill requiredsimply pierce paper skin and screw home. Can be used in single and double thickness plasterboard. Ideal for use with either a power or standard Pozi Driv screwdriver. Must only be used with screws provided. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard. FEATURES 1. Flange prevents accidental push through in plasterboard. 2. Short length ideally suited for dry-lined walls.

METAL SELF-DRILL
PRODUCT LENGTH (mm) MAX FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) PRODUCT CODE QUANTITY PACK BOX NEW CODE

SCREW TYPE

SCREW SIZE (mm)

6 12 25 27 Panhead 4.5 x 20 10 25 50 100 100 27 Panhead 4.5 x 35 25 100 100

07-105 07-115 07-120 07-122 07-124 07-123 07-125 07-130 07-132

DRIVA-02-4520/6 DRIVA-02-4520/12 DRIVA-02-4520-025 DRIVA-02-4520/25 DRIVA-02-4520/50 DRIVA-02-4520/100 DRIVA-02-4520 DRIVA-02-4535 DRIVA-02-4535/100

Metal Self-Drill Performance Data


MATERIAL MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD TENSION OR SHAER

Plasterboard 9.5mm Plasterboard 12.5mm

6 kg 8 kg

Installation

1. Position the fixture and mark out holes. Using a No. 2 Pozi Driv screwdriver or screwdriver bit, push firmly into the board until thread engages.

2. Maintaining a firm pressure, screw in fixing until flush with the base material.

3. Place fixture in position, insert screw and tighten until secure.

92

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

NYLON SELF-DRILL
FOR PLASTERBOARD

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Ideal for installation of sockets, light switches and other electrical fittings. MATERIAL Plug sleeve: PA 6.0+30 GF (polyamide reinforced with fibre glass - 30%). SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard, Gypsum fibreboard INSTALLATION TIPS recommended screw diameter: 3,5 - 4,2 mm.

PLASTERBOARD FIXINGS
QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PLUG DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT CODE

14 x 35

100

1800

DRIVA-01

PLASTERBOARD FIXINGS WITH PANHEAD SCREW


QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PLUG DESCRIPTION

SCREW DESCRIPTION

PRODUCT CODE

14 x 35

4,2 x 32/Pozi2

100

1800

DRIVA-01PLUS

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

93

INTERSET
FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARDBOARD, PLYWOOD

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Coat hooks to hollow doors. e Shelves and bathroom accessories to standard plasterboard. e Radiators and kitchen cabinets to double thickness and tiled plasterboard. DESCRIPTION Fixing heavy objects securely in a variety of board materials. Fixtures can be removed and re-fitted, eg when moving radiators for redecoration. Can be secured using slotted or Pozi Driv screwdriver. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard, Hardboard & Plywood.
A

FEATURES 1. Combination head screw supplied. 2. Integral anti-rotation lugs. 3. Hinged legs positioned to maximise load capacity. 4. One piece stamping, with integral thread and flange for increased reliability.

INTERSET
HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) BOARD THICKNESS RANGE (mm) MAX FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) MINIMUM CLEARANCE A (mm) MINIMUM CLEARANCE B (mm) PRODUCT CODE QUANTITY PACK BOX NEW CODE

DESCRIPTION

M4 x 20 M4 x 20 M4 x 20 M4 x 32 M4 x 40 M4 x 40 With Drill M4 x 40 M4 x 40 M4 x 40 M4 x 40 M4 x 54 M4 x 66 M5 x 40 M5 x 40 M5 x 40 M5 x 40 M5 x 40 M5 x 52 M5 x 65 M5 x 65 M5 x 65 M6 x 37 M6 x 52 M6 x 65 M6 x 65 M6 x 65 M6 x 80 M8 x 80 94 Technical Advisory Service 12 12 32 - 35 32 - 35 23 23 40 42 12 13 12 15 - 28 25 38 13 12 12 8 -12 13 - 15 18 20 27 38 8 13 10 15 - 28 20 38 15 10 6 - 16 24 40 13 10 5 - 13 15 27 9 8 8 15 - 21 34 - 38 17 17 26 16 7 8 8 2 - 10 15 25 7 8 2-5 15 16 5

6 10 100 100 6 8 8 8 - 15 15 25 8 10 20 25 100 100 100 6 10 20 25 100 100 20 25 100 100 100 20 25 50 50 50

41-605 41-603 41-606 41-612 41-625 41-700 41-619 41-627 41-620 41-622

SM-04020/6 SM-04020/10 SM-04020 SM-04032 SM-04038/6 SM-04038-D SM-04038/10 SM-04038/20 SM-04038/25 SM-04038 SM-04046 SM-04059

41-645 41-635 41-637 41-636 41-638

SM-05037/6 SM-05037/10 SM-05037/20 SM-05037/25 SM-05037 SM-05052

41-657 41-652 41-654

SM-05065/20 SM-05065/25 SM-05065 SM-06037 41-680 SM-06052 SM-06065/20 41-668 41-670 SM-06065/25 SM-06065 SM-06080 SM-08080

41-667

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

INTERSET
FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARDBOARD, PLYWOOD

Product Information
INTERSET WITH ANGLE HOOK INTERSET WITH ROUND HOOK

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

BOARD THICKNESS RANGE (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

BOARD THICKNESS RANGE (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

M4 x 55

4-10

100

1800

SM-04032K

M4 x 55

4-10

100

1800

SM-04032S

Interset Performance Data


MATERIAL MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD TENSION AND SHEAR 4 x 20 4 x 32 4 x 40 5 x 40 5 x 65 6 x 52

Plasterboard 9.5mm Plasterboard 12.5mm Hollow door

10 kg

9 kg 12 kg

10 kg 12 kg

12 kg 14 kg

16 kg

18 kg

SETTING TOOLS

DESCRIPTION

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

Professional DIY

1 1

AT-88RAWL AT-88M

Installation
B
A

1. Drill a hole to appropriate size.

2. Insert the fixing into the hole. Tap in lightly, ensuring that the anti-rotation lugs penetrate the face of the base material.

3. Keeping a firm forward pressure tighten the screw to set the fixing in position and then remove the screw.

4. Position the fixture, insert the screw and tighten until secure.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

95

SPRING TOGGLE
FOR PLASTERBOARD

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Installing overhead lights, ceiling fans and other fixtures.
Radius

DESCRIPTION Cavity fixing with long threaded screw, ideal for double thickness plasterboard and large fixtures. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard Lathe and plaster Plywood Hardwood

FEATURES 1. Machine screw for ease of tightening. 2. Heavy gauge material for superior loads. 3. Spreads load over wide area for extra load capacity. 4. Heavy gauge nut to prevent stripping under load.

SPRING TOGGLE
HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) MAX FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) PRODUCT RADIUS (mm) PRODUCT CODE OPTIONS QUANTITY PACK BOX NEW CODE

DESCRIPTION

M3 x 50 M3 x 50 M3 x 50 M3 x 50 M3 M5 x 50 M5 x 50 M5 x 50 M5 x 50 M5 x 80 M5 x 80 M5 x 80 M5 x 80 M5 M6 x 60 M6 x 80 M6 x 60 M6 x 80 M6

11 11 11 11 11 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 18 18 18 18 18

30 30 30 30 N/A 24 24 24 24 54 54 54 54 N/A 28 48 28 48 N/A 30 25 25 20

With screws With screws With screws With screws No screws With screws With screws With screws With screws With screws With screws With screws With screws No screws With screws With screws With screws With screws No screws

6 10 20 100 100 6 10 20 100 6 10 20 100 100 10 10 50 50 50

94-365 94-450 94-600 94-430 94-400 94-369 94-456 94-650 94-436 94-371 94-459 94-680 94-439 94-406 94-462 94-464 94-442 94-445 94-410

SPO-03050-10/6 SPO-03050 SPO-03050-5/20 SPO-03050 SPO-03 SPO-05050-10/6 SPO-05050 SPO-05050-5/20 SPO-05050 SPO-05080-10/6 SPO-05080 SPO-05080-5/20 SPO-05080 SPO-05 SPO-06060 SPO-06080 SPO-06060 SPO-06080 SPO-06

Spring Toggle Performance Data


MATERIAL MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD M3 M5 M6

Plasterboard 9.5mm Plasterboard 12.5mm

15 kg 17 kg

16 kg 18 kg

18 kg 20 kg

96

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SPRING TOGGLE
FOR PLASTERBOARD

Product Information
SPRING TOGGLE WITH PAN HEAD METRIC SCREW SPRING TOGGLE WITH EYE

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

M4 x 50

14

50

900

SPO450

M4 x 75

14

50

900

SPO475Z

SPRING TOGGLE WITH ROUND HOOK

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

PACK QUANTITY

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

M4 x 75

14

50

900

SPO475

Installation

1. Drill a hole of the appropriate diameter.

2. Compress the wings and push the fixing into the hole.

3. While tightening the screw, pull the fixture out from the wall or ceiling to prevent the wings spinning freely.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

97

PLASTERBOARD PLUG
FOR PLASTERBOARD

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Ideal for overhead fixings in plasterboard, e.g. installing overhead lights. e Installation electrical fitting on cavity walls. DESCRIPTION For fixing to cavity walls and ceillings of low structural strength. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard. FEATURES 1. Can be used with woodscrews or selftapping screws. 2. Flange holds fixing flush with wall surface. 3. Unique zig-zac design for greater expansion and holding power within the plasterboard. 4. Wings provide clamping to back of plasterboard.

PLASTERBOARD PLUG
HOLE DIAMETER (mm) SCREW DIAMETER (mm) DESCRIPTION PRODUCT CODE

Pack of 10 plugs Pack of 25 plugs 7.0 4.5 mm (No. 8) Pack of 50 plugs Pack of 50 plugs + 7mm drill Pack of 100 plugs Pack of 10 plugs + 7mm drill

10-400 10-402 10-404 10-406 10-408 10-410

Installation

1. Mark out and drill a 7 mm diameter hole.

2. Compress wings and push plug into hole. Lightly tap plug flush with surface.

3. Position fixture, insert 4.5 mm (No. 8) screw and tighten until secure.

98

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

PLASTIC TOGGLE
FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARDBOARD, PLYWOOD

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Securing bathroom and kitchen fittings. e Installation of ceiling fixtures, such as light fittings. e Fixing light shelving, brackets and hooks. DESCRIPTION Medium duty plasterboard fixing. Fixtures can be removed and replaced for redecoration. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard, Hardboard Plywood. MATERIAL Plug sleeve: impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene Screw: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m

PLASTIC TOGGLE

PLASTIC TOGGLE WITH ANGLE HOOK

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

BOARD THICKNESS RANGE (mm)

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

BOARD THICKNESS RANGE (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

4.0 x 50

10

9.5

100

1800

10G

4.0 x 50

10

9.5

100

1800

10GK

PLASTIC TOGGLE WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW POZI 2

PLASTIC TOGGLE

DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

BOARD THICKNESS RANGE (mm)

QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

BOARD THICKNESS RANGE (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

4.0 x 60

10

9.5

100

1800

10GL

3,5 x 45

12.5

100

1800

08GL

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

99

RAWLNUT FLEXI-PLUG
FOR VIRTUALLY ANY CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing to virtually any material, either solid or hollow, eg metal sheet, plasterboard, plywood, glass, plastic, etc. e Secure fixing in brittle or unknown substrates. e Ideal for fixing in irregular or oversized holes. DESCRIPTION A problem solving fixing. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: For use in virtually any hollow or solid construction material. FEATURES 1. Resistant to vibration and corrosion. 2. Flange holds fixing flush to wall surface. 3. Sleeve compresses to provide secure fixing, even in irregular shaped holes. 4. Made from synthetic rubber for more severe conditions. 5. Bonded brass insert.

RAWLNUT Flexi-Plug
DESCRIPTION SCREW LENGTH (mm) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do) FLANGE THICKNESS (mm) LENGTH (mm) GRIP RANGE (mm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK BOX NEW CODE

M3 (3240) M3 (3240) M4 (4100) M4 (4100) M4 (4100) M4 (4240) M4 (4240) M5 (5150) M5 (5150) M5 (5250) M5 (5250) M5 (5250) M5 (5400) M5 (5400) M6 (6150) M6 (6250) M6 (6350) M6 (6500) M8 (8250) M8 (8300) M8 (8500) M10 (1055) M12 (1275)

No No No

No No No No No No No No No No No

30 30 20 20 screws 30 screws 20 screws 30 30 screws 50 screws screws screws screws screws screws screws screws screws screws

1.2

24

6 - 14

1,4

12,6

0-4

8 10

1,2 1,3

24 14,1

6 - 14 0-5

10

1,3

26,1

8 - 16

10 13 13 13 13 16 18 18 20 24

1,3 1,3 2 1,3 1,2 5 1,2 2 1,3 1,3

39,8 16 26,7 35 50 27,9 30 50 55 80

20 - 30 0-3 6 - 13 11 - 23 26 - 38 4 - 10 6 - 15 15 - 39 20 - 36 30 - 50

4 50 4 50 50 50 50 50 50 4 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 20

09-045 09-040 09-105 09-100 09-093 09-130 09-123 09-195 09-184 09-240 09-235 09-224 09-317 09-310 09-355 09-385 09-415 09-437 09-473 09-475 09-533 09-594 09-654

RNT-M3x30/4 RNT-M3x30 RNT-M4x20/4 RNT-M4x20 RNT-M4/12 RNT-M4x30 RNT-M4/24 RNT-M5x20 RNT-M5/14 RNT-M5x30/4 RNT-M5x30 RNT-M5/26 RNT-M5x40-50 RNT-M5/40 RNT-M6/16 RNT-M6/27 RNT-M6/35 RNT-M6/50 RNT-M8/28 RNT-M8/30 RNT-M8/50 RNT-M10/55 RNT-M12/80

RAWLNUT Flexi-Plug Performance Data


MATERIAL MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD 3240 4240 5250 5400 6250 8300 8500 1055 1275

Plasterboard 9.5 mm Plasterboard 12.5 mm Blockwork Solid 7 N/mm2 Blockwork Hollow 7 N/mm2 Blockwork Solid 3,5 N/mm2 Blockwork Hollow 3,5 N/mm2

8 kg 10 kg

8 kg 10 kg

9 kg 11 kg 60 40 30 20 kg kg kg kg

12 kg 14 kg

13 kg 18 kg 100 kg 65 kg 50 kg 30 kg 130 kg 70 kg 60 kg 40 kg

Installation

1. Drill appropriate diameter hole. For solid materials, drill hole to length of screw. Clean out hole and remove sharp edges to avoid damaging fixing.

2. Insert the fixing up to its flange.

3. Place fixture in position. Insert screw and tighten to compress sleeve and form a secure fixing. Do not overtighten.

4. Works equally well in uniform or irregularly shaped holes.

100

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

RAWL TAP-IN
FOR PLASTERBOARD, AERATED BLOCKWORK

Product Information
1 2
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e 5mm for plasterboard: light-weight household fix-tures, eg light switches, cable ducting and light duty bathroom fittings. e 6.5mm for aerated blockwork: for installing alarm sys-tems, telephone trunking, pipes, conduits, sockets and junction boxes. DESCRIPTION Punches a clean hole with virtually no damage to either side of plasterboard. The fast, simple hammer-in fixing for plasterboard and aerated blockwork. Designed to cope with the high torque of power screwdrivers. Can be used in higher strength block if hole is drilled first. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard & Aerated Blockwork. FEATURES 1. Flange to prevent push through. 2. Anti-rotation fins stop spinning when tightening screw. 3. Snap-set design to maximise expansion for extra grip. 4. Engineered precision tip for easy penetration into substrate.

4 RAWL-TAP-IN
SCREW SIZE (mm) MAX FIXTURE THICKNESS (mm) (T x) PRODUCT CODE OPTIONS QUANTITY PACK BOX NEW CODE

DESCRIPTION

No screws 5 mm for plasterbord 4.5 (No 8) 15 With screws No screws No screws With screws 6.5 mm for aerated blockwork 5.0 (No 10) 10 With screws No screws No screws

10 25 50 100 10 25 50 100

22-001 22-005 22-010 22-006 22-007 22-011 22-013

TAP-50/10 TAP-50-S/25 TAP-50/50 TAP-50 TAP-65/10 TAP-65-S/25 TAP-65/50 TAP-65

Rawl-Tap-In Performance Data


MATERIAL MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED LOAD 5 mm 6.5 mm

Plasterboard 9.5 mm Plasterboard 12.5 mm Blockwork 2.8 N/mm2

3 kg 4 kg 15 kg

Installation
Plasterboard Aerated Blockwork

1. Lightly tap in until fixing 2. Place fixture in position, insert screw and tighten until has penetrated at least 5 secure. Avoid overtightening. mm. Then tap until flush. If Caution: Avoid excessive or plasterboard is wallpapered offset hammering. or skimmed, use a screwdriver to break the surface.

1. Hammer in until flush (As with similar fixings take care to hammer in squarely to avoid breaking).

2. Place fixture in position, insert screw and tighten until secure. Avoid overtightening.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

101

HOLEBORE
FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARDBOARD & PLYWOOD

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e For use with most fixings into plasterboard. e Small sizes also suitable for use in thin plywood panels. DESCRIPTION Fast, easy way to install fixings in plasterboard walls and ceilings. Eliminates the need for a drill and screwdriver. 5 blade sizes for most fixings requirements. Tool with interchangeable blades includes Pozi Driv and flat screwdriver head. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Plasterboard Hardboard Plywood. FEATURES 1. Pierces plasterboard easily and cleanly. 2. Blade sizes for most fixing requirements.

HoleBore
DESCRIPTION OPTION QUANTITY PRODUCT CODES NEW CODE

Holebore Replacement Blade Set

6 PC Blade Set

10 10

89-230 89-232

R-HB R-HB-R

Installation

1. Using appropriate size for the fixing, push tip into substrate. Apply even pressure whilst twisting clockwise and anti-clockwise until it passes through the substrate.

2. Insert fixing

3. Remove the blade from the HoleBore handle and replace with screwdriver bit provided.

4. Tighten until secure.

102

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

CEILING HANGERS
FOR CONCRETE & MASONRY

Product Information
CEILING SPRING PIN
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Lightweight suspended ceilings.

Mainly for fixing lightweight ceilings and suspended ceilings to solid building materials. Fire resistant
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Masonry, Etc.
PLUG DESCRIPTION HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

steel 4.6 - electro-zinc coated ~10 m

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

8 x 42 8 x 42

8 8

100 100

Z-KSP Z-KSP/F

Installation

Product Information
CEILING WIRE HANGER
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Lightweight suspended ceilings. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

Mainly for fixing lightweight ceilings and suspended ceilings to solid building materials. Fire resistant
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Masonry, Etc.

electro-zinc coated steel.

PLUG DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

6 x 63

100

2400

SRS-06063

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

103

METAL HAMMER FIXINGS


FOR CONCRETE & MASONRY

Product Information
METAL HAMMER FIXINGS WITH STEEL NAIL
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Profiled metal roof and wall Cladding. DESCRIPTION For light duty fixings of metal constructions and sheet metal to solid building materials SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Masonry, Etc.
HOLE DIAMETER FLANGE DIAMETER (mm) (mm) (do) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE PACK OUTER

MATERIAL Plug sleeve: zamak (Zn-Al). Nail: electro-zinc coated steel ~10 m.

PLUG DESCRIPTION

5 x 20 6 x 30 6 x 40 6 x 50 6 x 65

5 6 6 6 6

12 12 12 12 12

100 100 100 100 100

3600 1800 1200 1200 1200

KMW-05020 KMW-06030 KMW-06040 KMW-06050 KMW-06065

Installation

Product Information
CEILING WEDGE ANCHOR
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Lightweight suspended ceilings. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL

Mainly for fixing lightweight ceilings and suspended ceilings to solid building materials. Fire resistant
SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete, Masonry, Etc.
HOLE DIAMETER (mm) (do)

steel 4.6 - electro-zinc coated ~10 m

PLUG DESCRIPTION

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

6 x 40 6 x 65

6 6

100 100

1800 1200

GS-06040 GS-06065

Installation

104

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

HANGERS
FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS

Rotary Channel Hanger With Spring Clip


APPLICATION: For connecting the suspended ceiling supporting structure with suspension wires to ceiling base material. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.
QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

Suspension Wires
APPLICATION TIPS: Maximum load capacity and security will be guaranteed by fixing the suspension wires to the base material with: steel ceiling wedge anchor GS or metal hammer fixings KMW steel sleeve or wedge anchors KTS or SRS steel ceiling spring pin Z- KSP use of spring securing clip Z-WD or hangers Z-WOBR, Z-WK, Z-WT. MATERIAL: Steel wire diameter 4 mm.

100

4.8

Z-WOBR

Universal Channel Hanger With Spring Clip


APPLICATION: For connecting the modular suspended ceilings supporting structure with suspension wires to ceiling base material. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.
QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg)

WITH LOOP (EYE) PRODUCT CODE

WITH HOOK PRODUCT CODE

125 250 500 750 1000 1500

100 100 100 100 100 100

1.6 2.8 5.3 7.8 10.0 15.3

Z-L-0125-O Z-L-0250-O Z-L-0500-O Z-L-0750-O Z-L-1000-O Z-L-1500-O

Z-L-0125-H Z-L-0250-H Z-L-0500-H Z-L-0750-H Z-L-1000-H Z-L-1500-H

100

Z-WKB

Double Spring Clip


APPLICATION: Self-locking spring clip for suspension wires Z-L

Channel Hanger With Spring Clip


APPLICATION: For connecting the suspended ceiling supporting structure with suspension wires to ceiling base material MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate from sprung steel electro zinc coated.
QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

100

1.23

Z-WD

Quick Closing Device


QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

100

3.75

Z-WK

DESCRIPTION: Set contents: 2 suspension wires with hook (Z-L-H) 1 double spring clip

Termatex Hanger With Spring Clip


APPLICATION: For connecting the modular suspended ceilings supporting structure with suspension wires to ceiling base material. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.
SUSPENSION WIRES LENGHT (mm) QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

100

3.25

Z-WT

2 x 165 2 x 315 2 x 515 2 x 815 2 x 1015

100 100 100 100 100

Z-L-HH-0165x0165 Z-L-HH-0315x0315 Z-L-HH-0515x0515 Z-L-HH-0815x0815 Z-L-HH-1015x1015

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

105

HANGERS/DIRECT BRACKETS
FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS

Adjustable Rotary Channel Hanger


APPLICATION: For connecting the suspended ceiling supporting structure with adjustable length hanger to ceiling base material. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

Adjustable Termatex Hanger


APPLICATION: For connecting the suspended ceiling supporting structure with adjustable length hanger to ceiling base material. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE PACK

QUANTITY PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

100

Z-N-WOBR

100

Z-N-WT

Upper Adjustable Hanger


APPLICATION: For connecting the suspended ceiling supporting structure with adjustable length hanger to ceiling base material. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

Adjustable Hanger Clip


MATERIAL: Steel wire diameter 2.5 mm.

72 mm

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

100

0.61

Z-N-KLM

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

200 300

100 100

Z-N-GO200 Z-N-GO300

Universal Direct Bracket


APPLICATION: For connecting C channels directly to base material. APPLICATION: Supplied flat.
L

Flexible Direct Bracket


APPLICATION: Strengthened connector for wall constructions and attic lining. APPLICATION: Supplied flat. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

LENGTH (L) (mm)

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

LENGTH (L) (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

70 120 106 Technical Advisory Service

250 250

3.30 4.80

Z-ES-60/070 Z-ES-60/120

34.5 67.0 97.0

100 100 100

Z-UE30 Z-UE65 Z-UE90

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

CONNECTORS
FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS

Timber Connector
APPLICATION: For direct connecting of C and D shape profile with wooden constructions. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

Universal Timber Connector


APPLICATION: For direct connecting of C and D shape profile with joints MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

170

100

3.07

Z-WKP170

170 270

100 100

3.25

Z-WP170 Z-WP270

Timber Connector
APPLICATION: For direct connecting of C and D shape profile with wooden constructions. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

Channel Intersection Connector


APPLICATION: For connecting of the crossed C and D shape profile in two-level supporting constructions of suspended ceilings. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE PACK

QUANTITY PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

170

100

3.10

Z-WKP170B

100

3.35

Z-LKRZ

Channel Connector
APPLICATION: For connecting of C and D shape profile. MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

Flush Transverse Connector


APPLICATION: For transverse connecting of C and D shape profile on the same level MATERIAL: Sheet metal plate electro zinc coated.

QUANTITY PACK PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE PACK

QUANTITY PACK WEIGHT (kg) PRODUCT CODE

100

4.47

Z-LW Technical Advisory Service

100

5.20

Z-LPJ 107

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

MESH TAPES
FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS

Self-adhesive Joint Tapes

Acoustic Foam Tape

LENGTH (m)

WIDTH (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

LENGTH (m)

WIDTH (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

20 45 90

45 45 45

60 54 24

GKT-P20 GKT-P45 GKT-P90

3 3 3

50 70 95

8 5 4

GKT-A50 GKT-A70 GKT-A95

Fibre Glass Tape

LENGTH (m)

WIDTH (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

25

50

40

GKT-S25

108

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SCAFFOLDING EYEBOLTS
Product Information
Scafolding Eyebolts
23 mm

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Suitable for fastening scafolding to the wall of the building.
45 mm

MATERIAL Electro-zinc coated steel.

LENGTH (L) mm

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

90 120 160 190 230 300 350

25 25 25 25 25 25 25

HR-12090 HR-12120 HR-12160 HR-12190 HR-12230 HR-12300 HR-12350

Scafolding Eyebolt Plug


TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Suitable for fastening scafolding to the wall of the building.
L

MATERIAL Plug sleeve: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) or impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP

SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Concrete Brick Concrete Blockwork Stone Etc.
QUANTITY PACK PRODUCT CODE

LENGTH (L) mm

HOLE DIAMETER (mm)

70 100 135 185

14 14 14 14

25 25 25 25

HRK-14070 HRK-14100 HRK-14135 HRK-14185

Masking Cap for HRK expansion plug


TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Suitable for masking the hole of HRK expansion plug. MATERIAL Polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) or impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

25

ZK-14

Installation

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

109

INSULATION FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, MASONRY, CLINKER BRICK, STONE, SILICATE BLOCS, ETC.

Product Information
INSULATION FIXINGS - KI 10 TYPE WITH HAMMER-IN NYLON PIN
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing light thermal insulation materials e.g. foamed polystyrene (Styropor) rendered facade walls. MATERIAL Plug sleeve: impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) - to order. Nail pin: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) reinforced with fibre glass. INSTALLATION TIPS e Pre-drilling diameter: 10 mm e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

HOLE DIAMETER (mm)

INSULATION THICKNESS (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

70 90 120 140 160 180 200

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

10-20 30-40 60-70 80-90 100-110 120-130 140-150

250 250 250 250 250 250 250

KI-070 KI-090 KI-120 KI-140 KI-160 KI-180 KI-200

Installation

Product Information
INSULATION FIXINGS - KI 8 TYPE WITH HAMMER-IN NYLON PIN
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing light thermal insulation materials e.g. foamed polystyrene (Styropor) rendered facade walls. MATERIAL Plug sleeve: impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) - to order. Nail pin: polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) reinforced with fibre glass. INSTALLATION TIPS e Pre-drilling diameter: 8 mm e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm

PLUG LENGTH (mm)

HOLE DIAMETER (mm)

INSULATION THICKNESS (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

90 110 130 150 170 170

8 8 8 8 8 8

30-40 50-60 70-80 90-100 110-120 130-140

250 250 250 250 250 250

KI-090/8 KI-110/8 KI-130/8 KI-150/8 KI-170/8 KI-190/8

Installation

110

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

INSULATION FIXINGS
FOR CONCRETE, MASONRY, CLINKER BRICK, STONE, SILICATE BLOCS, ETC.

Product Information
INSULATION SUPPORT KIK TYPE ONE PIECE WITH NO PIN
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e For fixings light insulation boards, not exposed to influence of suction wind forces e.g. by insulation of: building substructure, basement walls, window and door reveals, building plinths. MATERIAL Plug sleeve: impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP INSTALLATION TIPS e Pre-drilling diameter: 8 mm e Anchorage depth: min. 30 mm

Installation

PLUG DESCRIPTION

HOLE DIAMETER (mm)

INSULATION THICKNESS (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

35 x 70 35 x 90

8 8

10-20 30-40

400 400

KIK-070 KIK-090

Product Information
METAL FIRE RESISTANT INSULATION SUPPORT - MKI TYPE
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e For fixing mineral wool to facade walls in all applications where fire-resistance is required. MATERIAL Electro-zinc coated steel or stainless steel A2 to order. INSTALLATION TIPS e Pre-drilling diameter: 8 mm e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm

Installation
PLUG LENGTH (mm) HOLE DIAMETER (mm) QUANTITY PACK PRODUCT CODE

90 110 140 170 200

8 8 8 8 8

250 250 250 250 250

MKI-090/8 MKI-110/8 MKI-140/8 MKI-170/8 MKI-200/8

Product Information
INSULATION FLANGE WITH COVER CAP KC TYPE
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e For fixing both light polystyrene and heavy mineral wool boards - in combination with appropriate screws - to facade walls made from: timber, sheet metal, plasterboard, etc. MATERIAL Impact resistant co-polymer of polypropylene PP or polyamide PA 6.0 (Nylon) - to order. INSTALLATION TIPS e Pre-drilling diameter: 10 mm e Anchorage depth: min. 50 mm

Installation

FLANGE DIAMETER (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

60

200

KC e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 111

Technical Advisory Service

CORNER BEADS
FOR DRYWALL & PLASTERBOARD

Aluminium Corner Beads

Finishing Beads for Plasterboards

LENGTH (cm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

250 300

50 50

NAL-25 NAL-30

LENGTH (cm)

PLASTERBOARD THICKNESS (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

250 300

12.5 12.5

200 200

NGK125-25 NGK125-30

Aluminium Corner Half-bead

Aluminium Corner Beads With Mesh

LENGTH (cm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

250

50

NAL-P-25

PVC Corner Bead


LENGTH (cm) MESH TYPE QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

250 300

8x8 8x8

20 20

NALS-25 NALS-30

LENGTH (cm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

PVC Corner Bead With Mesh

250 300

200 200

NAP-25 NAP-30

PVC Corner Arch Bead

LENGTH (cm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

LENGTH (cm)

MESH TYPE

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

250 300 112 Technical Advisory Service

25 25

NALUK-25 NALUK-30

250 250

10 x 10 10 x 15

50 50

NAPS-25 NAPS-25/10x15

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

LATHS
FOR DRYWALL & PLASTERBOARD

Trunking Bead

Drip Corner Bead

LENGTH (cm)

WIDTH (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

300 300 300

20 30 50

20 20 20

NBO2-30 NBO3-30 NBO5-50

Under Cill Bead


LENGTH (cm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

200

25

NKAP-20

Expansion Control Joint Bead


LENGTH (cm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

200

30

NPAR-20

Sealing Stop Bead

NDYL-N-25

NDYL-25

LENGTH (cm)

WIDTH (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

140 240 140 240

6 6 9 9

60 60 60 60

NLU6-14 NLU6-24 NLU9-14 NLU9-24

NDYL-N-25

Stop Bead with Mesh

NDYL-25

OPTIONS LENGTH (cm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

LENGTH (cm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

140

60

NLOK-14 Technical Advisory Service

STRAIGTH CORNER

250 250

50 50

NDYL-25 NDYL-N-25 113

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

WOOD CONNECTORS
Joist Hangers D-WB
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Joist Hanger With Concealed Flanges D-WC


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

BEAM WIDTH (mm)

BEAM HEIGHT (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

40 50 50 60 60 70 80 80 80 90 100 100

110 105 165 100 130 125 120 150 180 145 140 200

15.2 15.2 17.6 15.2 15.0 15.0 15.0 11.1 12.8 11.1 11.1 11.7

50 50 40 50 40 40 40 25 25 25 25 20

D-WB-411 D-WB-510 D-WB-516 D-WB-610 D-WB-613 D-WB-712 D-WB-812 D-WB-815 D-WB-818 D-WB-914 D-WB-1014 D-WB-1020

BEAM WIDTH (mm)

BEAM HEIGHT (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

40 50 60 70 80 80 80 90 100

110 105 100 125 120 150 180 145 140

13.0 13.0 13.0 15.0 15.0 11.1 12.8 11.1 11.1

50 50 50 40 40 25 25 25 25

D-WC-411 D-WC-510 D-WC-610 D-WC-712 D-WC-812 D-WC-815 D-WC-818 D-WC-914 D-WC-1014

Rafter Twist Straps D-SP-LP Two-piece Joist Hanger Plus D-WD


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m. MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

HANGER DIMENSION (mm) BEAM WIDTH (mm) BEAM HEIGHT (mm) PACK WEIGHT PACK QUANTITY (kg) PRODUCT CODE

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE RIGHT LEFT

170 x 30 x 30 210 x 30 x 30 250 x 30 x 30 290 x 30 x 30 330 x 40 x 40 370 x 40 x 40

9.8 6.6 8.3 4.1 4.7 5.4

100 50 50 20 20 20

D-SP-170P D-SP-210P D-SP-250P D-SP-290P D-SP-330P D-SP-370P

D-SP-170L D-SP-210L D-SP-250L D-SP-290L D-SP-330L D-SP-370L

30 30 30

100 120 150

7.5 9.0 10.4

25 25 25

D-WD-310 D-WD-312 D-WD-315

114

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

WOOD CONNECTORS
Universal Rafter Twist Straps D-SP
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Tie Plates
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

HANGER DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

170 x 35 x 35 210 x 35 x 35 250 x 35 x 35

8.3 6.3 8.2

100 50 50

D-SP-170 D-SP-210 D-SP-250

DIMENSION (W x L) (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

40 x 100 40 x 120 40 x 160 40 x 200 40 x 300 60 x 100 60 x 120 60 x 140 60 x 160 60 x 200

5,7 6,9 9,2 11,5 8,8 4,4 5,2 6,0 7,0 8,7 10,4 13,0 9,6 6,0 7,0 7,6 8,8 9,7 7,2 8,6 5,0 6,0 7,2 8,8 9,4 10,8 11,6 14,9 6,1 7,0 8,8 10,4 11,3 13,0 8,3

100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 20 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 25 20 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 10

D-PP-410 D-PP-412 D-PP-416 D-PP-420 D-PP-430 D-PP-610 D-PP-612 D-PP-614 D-PP-616 D-PP-620 D-PP-624 D-PP-630 D-PP-816 D-PP-820 D-PP-824 D-PP-826 D-PP-830 D-PP-840 D-PP-1010 D-PP-1012 D-PP-1014 D-PP-1016 D-PP-1020 D-PP-1024 D-PP-1026 D-PP-1030 D-PP-1040 D-PP-1050 D-PP-1214 D-PP-1216 D-PP-1220 D-PP-1224 D-PP-1226 D-PP-1230 D-PP-1440 115

Strap Ties Plus D-LP


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

60 x 240 60 x 300 80 x 160 80 x 200 80 x 240 80 x 260 80 x 300 80 x 400 100 x 100 100 x 120 100 x 140 100 x 160 100 x 200 100 x 240 100 x 260

DIMENSION (W x L) (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

100 x 300 100 x 400 100 x 500 120 x 140 120 x 160 120 x 200 120 x 240 120 x 260 120 x 300 140 x 400

35 x 100 55 x 140 40 x 180 65 x 180 90 x 195

5.5 6.7 6.9 9.6 8.6

100 50 50 50 25

D-LP-310 D-LP-514 D-LP-418 D-LP-618 D-LP-919

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

WOOD CONNECTORS
Strap Ties D-LW
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 4.0 mm electro galvanized - 8 m.

Strap Ties Plus D-LWG


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - hot dip galvanized.

STRAP TIES THICKNESS (mm)

STRAP TIES DIMENSION (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

DIMENSION (T x L x W) PACK WEIGHT (mm) (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

40 x 15 2,0 50 x 15 75 x 15 100 x 15 150 x 20 4,0 190 x 20 240 x 20

100 100 100 50 50 50 50

D-LW-40 D-LW-50 D-LW-75 D-LW-100 D-LW-150 D-LW-190 D-LW-240

2.5 x 170 x 30 4.0 x 195 x 35

5.0 10.2

50 50

D-LWG-170 D-LWG-195

Perforated Angle Brackets Plus D-LA


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Perforated Angle Brackets EXTREME


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 4.0 mm electro galvanized - 8 m.

ANGLE THICKNESS (mm)

ANGLE DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

ANGLE DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

40 x 200 2,0 40 x 300 40 x 400 3,0 40 x 200 40 x 300

3,4 4,9 6,4 4,6 6,1

25 25 25 25 25

D-LA-422 D-LA-432 D-LA-442 D-LA-423 D-LA-433

40 x 300 40 x 400

9,8 12,7

25 25

D-LX-434 D-LX-444

116

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

WOOD CONNECTORS
Coiled Strapping D-BP
MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Perforated Angle Isosceles Brackets D-KF, D-KP


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Perforated Angle Isosceles Brackets D-KF


5.
ANGLE THICKNESS (mm) ANGLE DIMENSION (mm) PACK WEIGHT (kg) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

STRAP TYPE THICKNESS (mm) WIDTH (mm) LENGTH (m) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

1 3 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 5

0.8 0.8 1.5

12 25 20 20 20 20 25 40

10 25 10 25 10 25 25 10 25 50 50

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D-BP-1210D D-BP-2525D D-BP-2010C D-BP-2025C D-BP-2010B D-BP-2025B D-BP-2525A D-BP-4010A D-BP-4025A D-BP-4050A D-BP-6050A

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

40 x 40 x 40 40 x 40 x 60 40 x 40 x 80 40 x 40 x 100 40 x 40 x 150 60 x 60 x 40 60 x 60 x 50 60 x 60 x 60 60 x 60 x 80 80 x 80 x 40 80 x 80 x 60 80 x 80 x 80 100 x 100 x 40 100 x 100 x 60 100 x 100 x 80 100 x 100 x 100 100 x 100 x 120 100 x 100 x 140

4,2 6,5 9,8 5,3 7,9 6,9 4,2 4,9 7,4 5 6,6 4,4 6,2 8,5 5,7 7,3 7,4 8,5

100 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 50 25 50 50 25 25 20 20

D-KF-444 D-KF-446 D-KF-448 D-KF-4410 D-KF-4415 D-KF-664 D-KF-665 D-KF-666 D-KF-668 D-KF-884 D-KF-886 D-KF-888 D-KF-114 D-KF-116 D-KF-118 D-KF-1110 D-KF-1112 D-KF-1114

Perforated Angle Isosceles Brackets D-KP


ANGLE THICKNESS (mm) ANGLE DIMENSION (mm) PACK WEIGHT (kg) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

2.0

40 40 60

Strap Tensioner

WIDTH/THREAD (mm)

WEIGHT (kg)

PRODUCT CODE

30 / M12 40 / M16

0,27 0,56

D-W-2040 D-W-4060

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

40 x 40 x 40 40 x 40 x 60 40 x 40 x 80 40 x 40 x 100 40 x 40 x 150 60 x 60 x 40 60 x 60 x 50 60 x 60 x 60 60 x 60 x 80 60 x 60 x 100 80 x 80 x 40 80 x 80 x 60 80 x 80 x 80 80 x 80 x100 80 x 80 x 120 100 x 100 x 40 100 x 100 x 60 100 x 100 x 80 100 x 100 x 100 100 x 100 x 120 100 x 100 x 140

5,2 8,1 12,3 6,6 9,9 8,6 5,2 6,1 9,3 10,3 6,3 8,3 5,5 7,7 9,3 7,8 10,6 7,1 9,1 9,2 10,6

100 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 50 50 25 25 20 20

D-KP-444 D-KP-446 D-KP-448 D-KP-4410 D-KP-4415 D-KP-664 D-KP-665 D-KP-666 D-KP-668 D-KP-6610 D-KP-884 D-KP-886 D-KP-888 D-KP-8810 D-KP-8812 D-KP-114 D-KP-116 D-KP-118 D-KP-1110 D-KP-1112 D-KP-1114 117

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

WOOD CONNECTORS
Angle Brackets Plus D-ZN
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2.5 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Angle Brackets Plus D-ZK


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m.

BRACKET THICKNESS (mm BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK WEIGHT (kg) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

50 x 50 x 35 2,5 70 x 70 x 55 90 x 90 x 65 60 x 60 x 45 3,0 90 x 90 x 40 105 x 105 x 90

8,2 6,9 9,7 5,0 8,0 9,3

150 50 50 50 50 25

D-ZK-553 D-ZK-70 D-ZK-90 D-ZK-60 D-ZK-994 D-ZK-105

40 x 160 x 40 40 x 120 x 40 40 x 90 x 40 50 x 90 x 50 60 x 35 x 60 60 x 90 x 60 80 x 60 x 40 90 x 120 x 40

8,5 12,2 9,2 10,2 9,0 6,2 6,4 8,6

50 100 100 100 100 50 50 50

D-ZN-4164 D-ZN-4124 D-ZN-4904 D-ZN-5905 D-ZN-6356 D-ZN-6906 D-ZN-8604 D-ZN-9124

Reinforced with Gusset


BRACKET THICKNESS (mm BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK WEIGHT (kg) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

70 x 70 x 55 2,5 90 x 90 x 65 105 x 105 x 90 70 x 70 x 55 3,0 90 x 90 x 65 105 x 105 x 90

6,9 9,7 9,3 6,9 9,7 9,3

50 50 25 50 50 25

D-ZK-70WZ/2 D-ZK-90WZ/2 D-ZK-105WZ/2 D-ZK-70WZ D-ZK-90WZ D-ZK-105WZ

Angle Brackets 135o Plus D-ZS


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 4.0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Adjustable Angle Bracket D-ZKR


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

50 x 50 x 35 90 x 90 x 40 70 x 70 x 55 90 x 90 x 65 105 x 105 x 90 118 Technical Advisory Service

3,4 8,0 6,9 9,7 7,9

50 50 50 50 25

D-ZS-553 D-ZS-994 D-ZS-775 D-ZS-996 D-ZS-119

BRACET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

60 x 30 x 60 60 x 40 x 60 80 x 50 x 30 80 x 65 x 20

3,1 5,0 4,6 3,9

50 50 100 50

D-ZKR-636 D-ZKR-646 D-ZKR-853 D-ZKR-862

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

WOOD CONNECTORS WOOD CONNECTORS


Angle Beam Brackets Type Light D-MI
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Angle Beam Brackets Type Heavy D-MK

MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 5.0 mm - hot dip galvanized.

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

25 x 25 x 15 30 x 30 x 15 40 x 40 x 15 50 x 50 x 15 60 x 60 x 20 80 x 80 x 20 100 x 100 x 20

0,8 1,0 1,2 1,5 2,4 3,2 4,0

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

D-MI-2215 D-MI-3315 D-MI-4415 D-MI-5515 D-MI-6620 D-MI-8820 D-MI-1120

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

80 x 80 x 20 100 x 100 x 20 120 x 120 x 20 140 x 140 x 20 160 x 160 x 20 180 x 180 x 20

1,6 2,0 2,4 2,8 3,2 3,6

20 20 20 20 20 20

D-MK-085 D-MK-105 D-MK-125 D-MK-145 D-MK-165 D-MK-185

Angle Beam Brackets D-KB


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m.

Angle Beam Brackets Type D-MS


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) BRACKET THICKNESS (mm

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

30 x 30 x 30 x 2
PRODUCT CODE

2,7 4,9 5,6

100 100 50

D-MS-333 D-MS-444 D-MS-666

40 x 40 x 40 x 2 60 x 60 x 60 x 2

2.5 4.0 5,0

100 x 75 x 30 100 x 50 x 50 120 x 80 x 35 180 x 120 x 40

5,0 8,8 4,1 11,2

50 40 20 25

D-KB-1075 D-KB-105 D-KB-1280 D-KB-1812

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

119

WOOD CONNECTORS
Universal Angle Brackets D-ZU
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

L Shaped Strap Ties D-KN


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m.

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

30 x 30 x 25 40 x 40 x 25 50 x 50 x 25 60 x 60 x 25 50 x 50 x 30 50 x 70 x 30

3,1 3,6 4,9 4,0 3,9 4,4

200 200 200 100 100 100

D-ZU-3325 D-ZU-4425 D-ZU-5525 D-ZU-6625 D-ZU-5530 D-ZU-5730

THICKNESS (mm

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

50 x 50 x 10 2.0 60 x 60 x 10 75 x 75 x 12 100 x 100 x 15 2.5 3.0 4.0 150 x 150 x 25 200 x 200 x 31 250 x 250 x 31 300 x 300 x 41

1,3 1,6 2,5 4,2 7,0 13,1 8,35 17,9

100 100 100 100 50 50 25 25

D-KN-50 D-KN-60 D-KN-75 D-KN-100 D-KN-150 D-KN-200 D-KN-250 D-KN-300

Angle Connector
MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm - hot dip galvanized.

T Shaped Strap Ties


MATERIAL: Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm - electro galvanized - 8 m.

DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

120X40X40X2

5,8

50

D-KG 1244

STRAP TIES DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

70 x 50 x 16

1,2

50

D-T-7050

120

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

WOOD CONNECTORS WOOD CONNECTORS


Joist Connector
MATERIAL: Sheet steel - hot dip galvanized.

Buffer Roo ng Strut


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 8 m

DIMENSION (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

50 x 55 x 1.5 / 7,0 x 210


LENGTH (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

10 10 10

D-PD-210 D-PD-260 D-PD-310

50 x 55 x 1.5 / 7,5 x 260 50 x 55 x 1.5 / 8,0 x 310

250

10

D-KL-250

Toothed Plate Connectors


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized -8 m

Ring Shank Timber Nails


MATERIAL: Sheet steel - electro galvanized - 12 m

One-sided

DIAMETER (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

PRODUCT CODE 1 KG PACK 1 KG PACK

4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0


OUTER DIAMETER (mm) INNER DIAMETER (mm) SHEET THICKNESS (mm) PACK WEIGHT (kg)

35 40 50 60 75 100 125

D-I-435 D-I-440 D-I-450 D-I-460 D-I-475 D-I-4100 D-I-4125

D-I-435-5 D-I-440-5 D-I-450-5 D-I-460-5 D-I-475-5 D-I-4100-5 D-I-4125-5

4.0
PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

4.0 4.0

48 62 75

17 21 26

1.0 1.2 1.25

2.1 3.3 4.9

200 200 100

D-DD-48 D-DD-62 D-DD-75

Double-sided

OUTER DIAMETER (mm)

INNER DIAMETER (mm)

SHEET THICKNESS (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

48 62 75

17 21 26

1.0 1.2 1.25

2.1 3.3 4.9

300 100 100

D-ED-48 D-ED-62 D-ED-75 e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 121

Technical Advisory Service

POST BASE
Post Base with Foot D-TB
A

Post Base with Foot D-TG


MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel of thickness 5.0 mm Feet: Sheet steel of thickness 6.0 mm - hot dip galvanized.
L

MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel of thickness 2,0 mm Feet: Sheet steel of thickness 5,0 mm - hot dip galvanized.
L

POST WIDTH (mm)

GxAxL (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

70 80
POST DIMENSION A (mm) L (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

6 x 60 x 200 6 x 60 x 200 6 x 60 x 200 6 x 60 x 200 6 x 60 x 200 6 x 60 x 200

1 1 1 1 1 1

D-TG-716 D-TG-816 D-TG-916 D-TG-1016 D-TG-1116 D-TG-1216

90 100

71 x 71 81 x 81 91 x 91

100 100 100

1 1 1

D-TB-71 D-TB-81 D-TB-91

110 120

Post Base with Foot D-TB


MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel of thickness 2.0 mm Feet: Sheet steel of thickness 5.0 mm - hot dip galvanized.

Cast-In Post Base with H-type Foot D-TH


MATERIAL: Sheet steel 5.0 mm x 50 mm - hot dip galvanized.

POST WIDTH (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

70
POST WIDTH (mm) PACK QUANTITY

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D-TH-716 D-TH-816 D-TH-916 D-TH-1016 D-TH-1116 D-TH-1166 D-TH-1216 D-TH-1416

80
PRODUCT CODE

90 100 110 115 120 140

70 80 90 100 120 122 Technical Advisory Service

1 1 1 1 1

D-TU-71 D-TU-81 D-TU-91 D-TU-101 D-TU-121

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

POST BASE
Post Base with Reinforcement Bars D-TA
MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel 5.0 mm x 50 mm Feet: Embedment rod - hot dip galvanized.

Post Base with Reinforcement Bars D-TL


MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel of thickness 5.0 mm. Feet: Embedment rod - hot dip galvanized.

POST WIDTH (mm)

L (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

POST WIDTH (mm)

L (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

100

200

D-TA-200

80

200

D-TL-808

Post Base with Reinforcement Bars D-TC


MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel 5.0 mm x 50 mm Feet: Embedment rod - hot dip galvanized.

Cast-In Post Base with T-bar D-TE


MATERIAL: Post grip: Sheet steel 5.0 mm x 50 mm T-bar: 40 x 40 x 200 mm - hot dip galvanized.

POST WIDTH (mm)

L (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

70 80 90 100 110 120 140 200

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D-TC-716 D-TC-816 D-TC-916 D-TC-1016 D-TC-1116 D-TC-1216 D-TC-1416

POST WIDTH (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

70 90 100 120

1 1 1 1

D-TE-715 D-TE-915 D-TE-1015 D-TE-1215

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

123

POST BASE/ACCESORIES
Post Base For Hammering Gate Post Finials

MATERIAL: Sheet steel thickness 1.5 mm hot dip galvanized.


POST DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE SQUARE ROUND

71 x 71 91 x 91

10 10

D-TK-71 D-TK-91

D-TK-71O D-TK-91O

Square Socket
A (mm) L (mm) WEIGHT OF 1 PCS (kg) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

MATERIAL: Cooper sheet thickness 1.5 mm.

50 x 50 70 x 70 70 x 70 90 x 90 90 x 90 100 x 100 100 x 100 120 x 120

750 750 900 750 900 750 900 900

13.0 13.2 13.5 13.3 13.8 14.3 14.3 14.3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

D-TD-5175 D-TD-7175 D-TD-7190 D-TD-9175 D-TD-9190 D-TD-1075 D-TD-1090 D-TD-1290

POST DIMENSION (mm)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE SQUARE ROUND

71 x 71 91 x 91

10 10

D-TKM-71 D-TKM-91

D-TKM-71O D-TKM-91O

Pergola Bracket D-OP


Round Socket
A (mm) L (mm) WEIGHT OF 1 PCS (kg) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

80 80 100 100

750 900 750 900

13.5 13.5 14.3 14.3

1 1 1 1

D-TDO-8175 D-TDO-8190 D-TDO-1075 D-TDO-1090

MATERIAL: Sheet steel thickness 2.0 mm electro galvanized - 8 m

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

PACK WEIGHT (kg)

PACK QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

31 x 30 x 37

1.8

50

D-OP- 333

124

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SHELF BRACKETS
Shelf Brackets
Painted in White
BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

Painted in Brown
BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

100 x 75 125 x 100 150 x 125 200 x 150 250 x 200 300 x 250 350 x 300 400 x 350

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

D-WT-1075 D-WT-1210 D-WT-1512 D-WT-2015 D-WT-2520 D-WT-3025 D-WT-3530 D-WT-4035

100 x 75 125 x 100 150 x 125 200 x 150 250 x 200 300 x 250 350 x 300 400 x 350

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

D-WT-1075BR D-WT-1210BR D-WT-1512BR D-WT-2015BR D-WT-2520BR D-WT-3025BR D-WT-3530BR D-WT-4035BR

Painted in Grey
BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

Painted in Silver
BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

100 x 75 125 x 100 150 x 125 200 x 150 250 x 200 300 x 250 350 x 300 400 x 350

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

D-WT-1075SR D-WT-1210SR D-WT-1512SR D-WT-2015SR D-WT-2520SR D-WT-3025SR D-WT-3530SR D-WT-4035SR

100 x 75 125 x 100 150 x 125 200 x 150 250 x 200 300 x 250 350 x 300 400 x 350

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

D-WT-1075S D-WT-1210S D-WT-1512S D-WT-2015S D-WT-2520S D-WT-3025S D-WT-3530S D-WT-4035S

Shelf Brackets Reinforced


Painted in White
BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

Painted in Black
BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

30 x 30 50 x 50 70 x 70 100 x 100 125 x 125 150 x 125 200 x 150

100 100 50 50 25 25 20

D-WW-0303W D-WW-0505W D-WW-0707W D-WW-1010W D-WW-1212W D-WW-1512W D-WW-2015W

30 x 30 50 x 50 70 x 70 100 x 100 125 x 125 150 x 125 200 x 150

100 100 50 50 25 25 20

D-WW-0303B D-WW-0505B D-WW-0707B D-WW-1010B D-WW-1212B D-WW-1512B D-WW-2015B

Painted in Silver
BRACKET DIMENSION (mm) PACK QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

30 x 30 50 x 50 70 x 70 100 x 100 125 x 125 150 x 125 200 x 150

100 100 50 50 25 25 20

D-WW-0303 D-WW-0505 D-WW-0707 D-WW-1010 D-WW-1212 D-WW-1512 D-WW-2015 e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk 125

Technical Advisory Service

SHELF BRACKETS
Decorative Brackets
Painted in White Painted in Black Epoxy

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

115 x 115 x 13 x 3 150 x 150 x 13 x 3 200 x 200 x 13 x 3 250 x 250 x 13 x 3

12 12 12 12

144 96 72 72

D-WDB-115W D-WDB-150W D-WDB-200W D-WDB-250W

115 x 115 x 13 x 3 150 x 150 x 13 x 3 200 x 200 x 13 x 3 250 x 250 x 13 x 3

12 12 12 12

144 96 72 72

D-WDB-115B D-WDB-150B D-WDB-200B D-WDB-250B

Painted in Patina Brass

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

145 x 110 x 25 x 3 190 x 140 x 25 x 3 240 x 190 x 30 x 4 290 x 240 x 30 x 4

12 12 12 12

144 96 72 72

D-WDB-1410 D-WDB-1914 D-WDB-2419 D-WDB-2924

Folding brackets
Isoscales - Painted in White Non-isoscales - Painted in White

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

150 x 150 x 22 x 1.5 200 x 200 x 22 x 1.5 250 x 250 x 26 x 1.5

24 24 24

144 144 96

D-WFB-150W D-WFB-200W D-WFB-250W

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

300 x 160 x 20 x 2 400 x 220 x 20 x 2

10 10

50 50

D-WFB-300W D-WFB-4 00W

126

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

SHELF BRACKETS
Light Duty Brackets
Painted in White Painted in Brown

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

150 x 125 x 1.2 200 x 150 x 1.2 250 x 200 x 1.5 300 x 250 x 1.5

10 10 10 10

200 120 70 50

D-WLB-1512W D-WLB-2015W D-WLB-2520W D-WLB-3025W

150 x 125 x 1.2 200 x 150 x 1.2 250 x 200 x 1.5 300 x 250 x 1.5

10 10 10 10

200 120 70 50

D-WLB-1512BR D-WLB-2015BR D-WLB-2520BR D-WLB-3025BR

Painted in Black

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

150 x 125 x 1.2 200 x 150 x 1.2 250 x 200 x 1.5 300 x 250 x 1.5

10 10 10 10

200 120 70 50

D-WLB-1512B D-WLB-2015B D-WLB-2520B D-WLB-3025B

Heavy Duty Brackets


Painted in White Painted in Silver

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

BRACKET DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

300 x 200 x 30 x 4 400 x 250 x 30 x 4 500 x 330 x 30 x 5

6 6 6

36 24 18

D-WHB-300W D-WHB-400W D-WHB-500W Technical Advisory Service

300 x 200 x 30 x 4 400 x 250 x 30 x 4 500 x 330 x 30 x 5

6 6 6

36 24 18

D-WHB-300SR D-WHB-400SR D-WHB-500SR 127

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

LATCHES & HINGES


Flat Bar Latch Garden Latch

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

80 100 120 140 160 180

x x x x x x

30 45 45 55 55 65

x x x x x x

3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

10 10 10 10 10 10

D-ZP-080 D-ZP-100 D-ZP-120 D-ZP-140 D-ZP-160 D-ZP-180

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

80 x 60 x 4.0

D-ZO-80

Gate Latch Locking Flat Bar Latch


LATCH DIMENSION (mm) QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

440 x 70 x 8.0
LATCH DIMENSION (mm) QUANTITY PACK PRODUCT CODE

D-ZBR-440

80 100 120 140 160 180

x x x x x x

28 45 45 55 55 65

x x x x x x

3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

10 10 10 10 10 10

D-ZZ-080 D-ZZ-100 D-ZZ-120 D-ZZ-140 D-ZZ-160 D-ZZ-180

Locking Hinge Latch

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

Curved Bar Latch

100 x 50 x 100 x 3.0

10

D-ZA-105

Locking Gate Hinge


LATCH DIMENSION (mm) QUANTITY PACK PRODUCT CODE

120 140 160 180

x x x x

45 55 55 65

x x x x

5.0 5.0 6.0 6.0

10 10 10 10

D-ZW-120 D-ZW-140 D-ZW-160 D-ZW-180

HINGE DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

200 x 95 x 2.5 250 x 95 x 2.5 300 x 95 x 2.5

10 10 10

D-ZB-209 D-ZB-259 D-ZB-309

Rolling Latch

Locking Straight Hinge

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

HINGE DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

60 x 70 x 8.0 128 Technical Advisory Service

D-ZR-160

200 x 95 x 2.5

10

D-ZC-209

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

LATCHES & HINGES


Construction Hinge French Hinge

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

50 100 100 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500

x x x x x x x x x x x

25 25 35 50 50 50 50 55 55 55 55

x x x x x x x x x x x

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 10 10 10 10

D-ZD-5025 D-ZD-1025 D-ZD-1035 D-ZD-1050 D-ZD-1550 D-ZD-2050 D-ZD-2550 D-ZD-300 D-ZD-350 D-ZD-400 D-ZD-500

200 x 33 x 2.5 250 x 38 x 2.5 300 x 38 x 2.5

10 10 10

D-ZF-200 D-ZF-250 D-ZF-300

Gate Hinge

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

Triangular Hinge

200 x 80 250 x 80 300 x 80 400 x 100 300 x 130 400 x 130 500 x 130 600 x 130

x x x x x x x x

50 50 50 65 65 65 75 75

x x x x x x x x

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

D-ZH-203 D-ZH-253 D-ZH-303 D-ZH-403 D-ZH-304 D-ZH-404 D-ZH-504 D-ZH-604

Belt Hinge
LATCH DIMENSION (mm) QUANTITY PACK PRODUCT CODE

100 x 65 x 2.0 125 x 80 x 2.0 150 x 80 x 2.0

10 10 10

D-ZE-100 D-ZE-125 D-ZE-150 300 400 300 400 500 600 500 600 800

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

Gate Hinge

x x x x x x x x x

30 30 40 40 40 40 45 45 45

x x x x x x x x x

3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

/ / / / / / / / /

10 10 13 13 13 13 16 16 16

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

D-ZI-310 D-ZI-410 D-ZI-313 D-ZI-413 D-ZI-513 D-ZI-613 D-ZI-516 D-ZI-616 D-ZI-816

Gusset Hinges

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

200 x 50 x 90 250 x 45 x 90 300 x 45 x 90 350 x 45 x 90 400 x 45 x 90 300 x 65 x 110 400 x 65 x 110 500 x 65 x 110 600 x 65 x 110

x x x x x x x x x

35 35 35 35 35 40 40 40 40

x x x x x x x x x

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

D-ZG-203 D-ZG-253 D-ZG-303 D-ZG-353 D-ZG-403 D-ZG-304 D-ZG-404 D-ZG-504 D-ZG-604 Technical Advisory Service

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

250 x 200 x 3.0 / 13

D-ZL-250 129

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

LATCHES & HINGES


Frame Hinge Shutter Latch

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

165 x 100 x 3. 0 / 13

10

D-ZMA-165

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

120 x 65 x 4.0 140 x 65 x 4.0

5 5

D-ZPO-120 D-ZPO-140

Straight Frame Hinge

Decorative Shutter Latch

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

LATCH DIMENSION (mm) PRODUCT CODE

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

200 x 90 x 3.0 / 13

10

D-ZM-200

60 95

2 2

D-ZCO-60 D-ZCO-95

Hinge Pin

Butt Hinge

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

10 13 16 10 13 16

/ / / / / /

18 19 24 32 32 34

10 10 10 10 10 10

D-UC-1018 D-UC-1319 D-UC-1624 D-UC-1032 D-UC-1332 D-UC-1634

25 30 35 40 50 60 70 90

x x x x x x x x

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 90

x x x x x x x x

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 3.0

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10

D-Z-25 D-Z-30 D-Z-35 D-Z-40 D-Z-50 D-Z-60 D-Z-70 D-Z-90

Hinge Pin - Cast In

LATCH DIMENSION (mm)

QUANTITY PACK

PRODUCT CODE

13 16 130 Technical Advisory Service

10 10

D-UCM-13 D-UCM-16

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

WINDOW SCREWS
FOR PLASTIC AND SHEET METAL

Product Information
SELF-DRILLING WINDOW SCREWS WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD WITH SELF-TAPPING FINE THREAD ZINC-PLATED

APPLICATION For plastics and sheet metal. MATERIAL Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m. PROPERTIES e Milling ribs under head for stressfree embedment, e Drilling capacity (drill tip) 2,5mm, e Countersunk Head Philips2.

SCREW SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

3.9 x 13 3.9 x 16 3.9 x 19 3.9 x 25 3.9 x 32 3.9 x 38

1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500

24000 24000 24000 24000 12000 6000

KS-3913 KS-3916 KS-3919 KS-3925 KS-3932 KS-3938

WINDOW FITTING SCREWS WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD WITH SELF-TAPPING COARSE THREAD ZINC-PLATED
APPLICATION For plastics. MATERIAL Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m. PROPERTIS e Countersunk Head Philips2.

SCREW SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

4.0 x 16 4.0 x 19 4.0 x 22 4.0 x 25 4.0 x 30 4.0 x 35 4.0 x 40 4.0 x 45 4.0 x 55 Technical Advisory Service

1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 500 500 500

24000 24000 24000 24000 12000 12000 6000 6000 6000

KR-4016 KR-4019 KR-4022 KR-4025 KR-4030 KR-4035 KR-4040 KR-4045 KR-4055 131

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

WAFER HEAD SCREWS


Product Information
WAFER HEAD SCREWS ELECTRO ZINC PLATED
APPLICATION for thin sheet metal, plastics and timber. MATERIAL low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m. PROPERTIES e Washer head 11 diameter mm with PH2 recess.

SCREW SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

4,2 x 13 4,2 x 16 4,2 x 19 4,2 x 22 4,2 x 25 4,2 x 32 4,2 x 40 4,2 x 52 4,2 x 52 4,2 x 75

1000 1000 500 500 500 500 500 500 250 250

24000 24000 12000 12000 12000 12000 6000 6000 3000 3000

WF-4213 WF-4216 WF-4219 WF-4222 WF-4225 WF-4232 WF-4240 WF-4252 WF-4265 WF-4275

WAFER HEAD SELF DRILLING SCREWS ELECTRO ZINC PLATED


APPLICATION for thin sheet metal, plastics and timber. MATERIAL low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m. PROPERTIES e Washer head 11 diameter mm with PH2 recess. e Drilling capacity (drill tip length) 2,0 mm.

SCREW SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

4,2 x 13 4,2 x 16 4,2 x 19 4,2 x 22 4,2 x 25

1000 1000 500 500 500

24000 24000 12000 12000 12000

WFS-4213 WFS-4216 WFS-4219 WFS-4222 WFS-4225

132

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

CHIPBOARD SCREWS
FOR TIMBER, CHIPBOARD, PLASTICS

Product Information
CHIPBOARD SCREWS WITH CROSS-SLOT ON THE THREAD
APPLICATION For screwing into chipboard, timber, plastics with no pre-drilling. MATERIAL Low carbon steel, electro zinc plated min. 6 m. PROPERTIES e Milling cross notches on the thread ease installation (easy screwing through cutting into even very hard materials),

SCREW SIZE

SCREW HEAD

DESCRIPTION

BOX

QUANTITY OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

SCREW SIZE

DESCRIPTION

BOX

QUANTITY OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

16 12 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 12 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 16 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80

Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive1 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2

Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 4800 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 9600 4800 4800 4800 4800 9600 9600 9600 9600 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 3600 2400 9600 9600 9600 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 3600 3600 2400

UC-2516 UC-3012 UC-3016 UC-3018 UC-3020 UC-3025 UC-3030 UC-3035 UC-3040 UC-3512 UC-3516 UC-3518 UC-3520 UC-3525 UC-3530 UC-3535 UC-3540 UC-3545 UC-3550 UC-4016 UC-4018 UC-4020 UC-4025 UC-4030 UC-4035 UC-4040 UC-4045 UC-4050 UC-4055 UC-4060 UC-4070 UC-4080 UC-4516 UC-4520 UC-4525 UC-4530 UC-4535 UC-4540 UC-4545 UC-4550 UC-4560 UC-4570 UC-4580

5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 180 200

Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive2 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3 Pozidrive3

Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Full Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread Partial Thread

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

9600 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 2400 2400 2400 1200 1200 1200 4800 4800 4800 4800 2400 2400 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

UC-5020 UC-5025 UC-5030 UC-5035 UC-5040 UC-5045 UC-5050 UC-5060 UC-5070 UC-5080 UC-5090 UC-5100 UC-5120 UC-6030 UC-6035 UC-6040 UC-6045 UC-6050 UC-6060 UC-6070 UC-6080 UC-6090 UC-6100 UC-6110 UC-6120 UC-6130 UC-6140 UC-6150 UC-6160 UC-6180 UC-6200

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

133

MASONRY NAILS
FOR MASONRY

Product Information
DESCRIPTION Fast, penetrating and virtually shatterproof. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Masonry. FEATURES 1. Head shape prevents hammer slide and gives a neat flush fixing. 2. Zinc plated. 3. Special heat treatment to provide required hardness. 4. Washer version for increased clamping force. 5. Point shape minimises timber splitting.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Suitable for a wide range of fixtures into masonry including battering & boarding.

Masonry Nails
NAIL DIMMENSION (mm) OPTIONS QUANTITY BOX PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE PRODUCT CODE PACK NEW CODE

2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

25 25 30 30 35 40 40 50 40 50 50 60 60 65 75 75 85 100 100 25 30 35 40 50

Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer Without Washer With Washer With Washer With Washer With Washer With Washer

40 100 40 100 100 30 100 100 100 30 100 20 100 100 10 100 100 6 100 100 100 100 100 100

04-102 04-002 04-004 04-006 04-008 04-012 04-020 04-024 04-026 04-028 04-038 04-040 04-042 04-044 04-046 04-048 04-050 04-052 MNL-25025 04-104 MNL-25030 MNL-25035 04-009 MNL-25040 MNL-25050 MNL-30040 04-124 MNL-30050 04-126 MNL-30060 MNL-30065 04-138 MNL-35075 MNL-35085 04-142 MNL-35100 MNL-W-37025 MNL-W-37030 MNL-W-37035 MNL-W-37040 MNL-W-37050

MNL-25025-10/40 MNL-25025-10/40

MNL-25045-10/30

MNL-25025-10/30 MNL-25025-10/20

MNL-25025-10/10

MNL-25025-10/06

Installation

1. Place nail in position and hammer in.

Always wear suitable eye protection to BS EN166.

134

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

PLUG & REPAIR / FIX & FORGET


Product Information
Plug & Repair
DESCRIPTION Quick-setting epoxy putty provides secure fixing in damaged or uneven holes. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal & Plasterboard. FEATURES 1. Tear-off epoxy resin strip. 2. Mixes in seconds by hand. 3. Can be sanded, drilled or filed, to a white finish, when hard. 4. Hardens in 15-20 minutes. Accepts standard woodscrew.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fills and plugs uneven holes e Correcting badly drilled holes for fixings

DESCRIPTION

PACK PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

18 cm TAPE 60 cm TAPE

13-002 13-010

PAR-18 PAR-60

How to use
1. Ensure all surfaces are clean and free from grease and dust. 2. Remove protective film and break off a strip of Plug & Repair. In hot weather run under cold water to ease removal of plastic film. 3. Mix by hand, folding, twisting and kneading thoroughly until blue pigment fades to white (wetting fingers improves workability). 4. Apply firmly to repair area and create a pilot hole (approx. 3mm deep) with a screw to ensure accurate location of the fixture. 5. After 15-20 minutes, position the fixture and, using a screwdriver, insert a screw, driving it firmly home. 6. Plug & Repair can be drilled, sanded or filed after 30 minutes. Wear suitable protective gloves.

Product Information
Fix & Forget
DESCRIPTION Works on virtually any material. WRC approved for use with drinking water. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal, Plasterboard and Fibreglass. FEATURES 1. Fast and easy to use putty. Sets steel hard in minutes. Even sets under water. 2. Provides a permanent repair, which is waterproof, heat resistant, and electrically insulating. 3. Can be drilled, tapped, filed, screwed, sawn, sanded, painted and machined.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Repairing damaged screw holes e Repairs to plastic or metal pipes, baths, sinks and water tanks e Repair for gutters, boats, caravans, plastic garden furniture etc.

DESCRIPTION

PACK PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

12 cm STICK

13-200

PAR-FIX

How to use
1. Ensure all surfaces are clean and free from grease and dust. 2. Cut off the required amount to fill hole, using scissors or a sharp knife. Peel off protective wrapping. 3. Mix by hand, wearing protective gloves, folding twisting and kneading thoroughly until the colour changes to an even white. 4. Apply firmly to the repair area. Clean off surplus material using a wet knife. Allow an hour to cure. 5. Fix & Forget can then be sawn, drilled, sanded, screwed, carved and painted.

Wear suitable protective gloves.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

135

PLASTIC WOOD/FLOOR FILLER


Product Information
Plastic Wood
DESCRIPTION For minor repairs to wood, inside and outside. FEATURES e Colours can be mixed. e Durable & water resistant.
e e

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Furniture and frames e Filling cracks or chips in timber e Repairing skirting boards and decorative woodwork e Can be drilled, sanded and stained if required

Accepts screws and nails. Available in a comprehensive range of popular wood shades to match natural timber. Solvent free, low odour.

Pine

Teak

Mahogany

Oak

The above colour chart is for reference only, a perfect colour match cannot be guaranteed.

DESCRIPTION

50 ml TUBE PRODUCT CODE

100ml TUBE PRODUCT CODE

250 ml TUBE PRODUCT CODE

310ml CARTRIDGE PRODUCT CODE

MAHOGANY OAK PINE TEAK

PLW-MH050 PLW-OA050 PLW-PN050 PLW-TK050

PLW-MH100 PLW-OA100 PLW-PN100 PLW-TK100

PLW-MH250 PLW-OA250 PLW-PN250 PLW-TK250

PLW-MH310 PLW-OA310 PLW-PN310 PLW-TK310

How to use
1. Ensure area to be filled is clean and dry. 2. Apply Plastic Wood using a wet filling knife to avoid drag. 3. Slightly overfill the hole so that the repair stands proud of the surrounding surface. 4. When the repair is fully set, rub down with abrasive paper for a perfect finish. NB: Deep holes should be filled in successive layers allowing each layer time to dry before the next is added.

Product Information
Floor Filler

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Sealing around awkward protrusions eg. radiations pipes. e Sealing around fitted furniture.

DESCRIPTION For timber and laminate floors.

FEATURES e With reinforced polymer for added strenth. e Available colors: Pine, Oak, Beech.

DESCRIPTION

310ml CARTRIDGE PRODUCT CODE

BEECH OAK PINE

FLF-BE310 FLF-OA310 FLF-PN310

136

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

LIQUID FIXING/GRIPFAST
Product Information
LIQUID FIXING

BUILDING ADHESIVES

FOR WOOD, BRICKWORK, PLASTIC, METAL & PLASTERBOARD

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Skirting boards e Dado rails e Battens e Mouldings e Architraves e Carpets e Tiles

DESCRIPTION High strength, fast curing multi-purpose adhesive. Solvent free and low odour: ideal for both indoor and outdoor use. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal, Plasterboard, Glass and Ceramics. FEATURES 1. Fast grab for easy fixing. 2. Extended open time for easy repositioning. 3. Fills small gaps in uneven surfaces. 4. Cartridge fits any standard mastic gun.

DESCRIPTION

310ml CARTRIDGE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

SOLVENT FREE ADHESIVE

61-001

R-LIQFIX-SF

Product Information
GRIPFAST
DESCRIPTION High performance multi-purpose building adhesive. Ideal for a wide range of external applications. SUITABLE FOR USE IN: Wood, Brickwork, Plastic, Metal & Plasterboard. FEATURES 1. Exceptional early grab. 2. Frost and rain resistant: ideal for external use. 3. Suitable for use where both surfaces are nonporous. 4. Fills gaps in uneven surfaces. 5. Cartridge fits any standard mastic gun.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Fixing timber, metal and PVCu door and window frames e Fixing timber battens, soffits, fascias and barge boards e For metal and PVCu cladding etc.

DESCRIPTION

310ml CARTRIDGE PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

SOLVENT BASED ADHESIVE

61-010

R-GRIPFAST-SB

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

137

CABLE CLIPS
Product Information
Cable Clips Flop - Assembled With Nails For Fixing Of Round Cables
QUANTITY BLISTER OUTER

CABLE DIAMETER (mm)

NAIL DIMMENSIONS (mm)

PRODUCT CODE

3-6 6-9 9 - 13 13 - 18 18 - 24

1.4 x 20 2.0 x 25 2.0 x 30 2.5 x 37 2,5 x 42

16 16 8 8 8

1024 1024 256 256 256

B-FLO-F0 B-FLO-F1 B-FLO-F2 B-FLO-F3 B-FLO-F4

Cable Clips Assembled With Nails For Fixing Flat Twin and Earth
CABLE DIMMENSIONS NAIL DIMMENSIONS (mm) (mm) QUANTITY BLISTER OUTER PRODUCT CODE

3x5 4x6 5x8 5x9 6 x 10 6 x 13

1.5 x 20 1.8 x 20 1.8 x 24 1.8 x 24 1.8 x 24 1.8 x 25

60 30 25 25 20 20

3840 1920 800 800 640 640

B-FLO-P3/5 B-FLO-P4/6 B-FLO-P5/8 B-FLO-P5/9 B-FLO-P6/10 B-FLO-P6/13

Cable Clips Assembled With Nails For Fixing Of Round Cables And Pipes

CABLE DIAMETER (mm)

NAIL DIMMENSIONS (mm)

QUANTITY BLISTER OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

22 - 24 26 - 28

2.5 x 42 2.5 x 50

8 12

256 1920

B-FLO-U22 B-FLO-U26

Expansion Plugs For Clips With Nail

HOLE DIAMETER (mm)

NAIL LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BLISTER OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

6.0

22

35

560

B-FLO-K06

138

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & HARD MASONRY

DRILL BITS SELECTOR

SUBSTRATE WOOD METAL PLASTERBOARD CERAMIC TILES BRICK CONCRETE LIGHTWEIGHT BLOCK

DRILL TYPE

WITH CARE

 

  

  

  

  

WITH CARE

   

  

If you are still unsure, please contact our technical advisory service.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

139

BLUE FLASHTM MASONRY DRILL


FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & HARD MASONRY

Product Information
DESCRIPTION All-purpose masonry drill bit for rotary percussive drilling machines. FEATURES 1. Brass brazed tungsten carbide tip, for high drilling speeds.

Blue Flash
DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 14.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 25.0

75 85 150 85 150 85 150 100 150 200 100 150 100 150 120 150 200 120 150 200 400 150 200 400 150 150 400 150 400 150 400 400 400

Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Box of 10 Single Box of 10 Box of 10 Single Box of 10 Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single

31-008 31-009 31-109 31-010 31-110 31-011 31-111 31-012 31-112 31-212 31-013 31-113 31-014 31-114 31-016 31-116 31-216 31-020 31-120 31-220 31-420 31-124 31-224 31-424 31-126 31-128 31-426 31-132 31-432 31-140 31-440 31-444 31-450

BF-40075 BF-45085 BF-45150 BF-50085 BF-50150 BF-55085 BF-55150 BF-60100 BF-60150 BF-60200 BF-65100 BF-65150 BF-70100 BF-70150 BF-80120 BF-80150 BF-08200 BF-100120 BF-100150 BF-10200 BF-10400-1W BF-12151 BF-12200 BF-12400-1W BF-13150 BF-14150-S BF-14400-1W BF-16150-01 BF-16400-1W BF-20150-01 BF-20400-1W BF-22400-1W BF-25400-1W

140

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

IMPACTOR
Product Information

MASONRY DRILL

FOR CONCRETE, BRICKWORK & HARD MASONRY

DESCRIPTION Masonry bit for mains and cordless drilling machines. Drills more holes per battery charge than other masonry bits. Sizes and lengths of up to 400 mm. Extension bars available for deeper drilling. Packed in re-sealable tubes.

FEATURES 1. High grade alloy tool steel and furnace hardened to SDS standards, making bits stronger, more durable and safer to use. 2. Geometrically designed flute maximises spoil evacuation. 3. Copper brazed carbide tip, strengthens the bond between tip & body.

IMPACTOR
DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

4.5 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 13.0 13.0 14.0 u 14.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 u 16.0 16.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 20.0

Extension Sleeve
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EFFECTIVE LENGTH (mm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

u 20.0 20.0 22.0


QANTITY

u 14-16 mm u 20-25 mm

u 22.0 25.0 u 25.0 25.0

250 250

1 1

83-032 83-050

EXS-1416 EXS-2025

85 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 300 120 150 200 300 120 150 200 300 400 150 200 300 400 150 400 150 300 400 150 150 300 400 160 400 160 160 300 400 160 300 160 300 400

1x10 1x10 1 1x10 1 1x10 1 1x10 1 1x10 1 1 1x10 1 1 1 1x10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

32-009 32-010 32-110 32-011 32-111 32-012 32-112 32-013 32-113 32-014 32-114 32-314 32-016 32-116 32-216 32-316 32-020 32-120 32-220 32-320 32-420 32-124 32-224 32-324 32-424 32-126 32-426 32-128 32-328 32-428 32-130 32-132 32-332 32-432 32-136 32-436 32-138 32-140 32-340 32-440 32-144 32-344 32-150 32-350 32-450

IMP-45085-10W IMP-50100-10W IMP-50150-W1 IMP-55100-10W IMP-55150-W1 IMP-60100-10W IMP-60150-W1 IMP-65100-10W IMP-65150-W1 IMP-70100-10W IMP-70150-W1 IMP-70300-W1 IMP-80120-10W IMP-80150-W1 IMP-80200-W1 IMP-80300-W1 IMP-10120-10W IMP-10150-W1 IMP-10200-W1 IMP-10300-W1 IMP-10400-W1 IMP-12150-W1 IMP-12200-W1 IMP-12300-W1 IMP-12400-W1 IMP-13150-W1 IMP-13400-W1 IMP-14150-W1 IMP-14300-W1 IMP-14400-W1 IMP-15150-W1 IMP-16150-W1 IMP-16300-W1 IMP-16400-W1 IMP-18160-W1 IMP-18400-W1 IMP-19160-W1 IMP-20160-W1 IMP-20300-W1 IMP-20400-W1 IMP-22160-W1 IMP-22300-W1 IMP-25160-W1 IMP-25300-W1 IMP-25400-W1 141

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

SDS plus MASONRY DRILL


FOR STRUCTUAL CONCRETE & ENGINEERING BRICK

Product Information

DESCRIPTION Developed for SDS rotary hammer drilling machines. Provides faster, easier drilling with lower power consumption.

FEATURES 1. Twin spiral shank for fast, effective, clearance of spoil. 2. Specially designed tip outperforms other brands for performance and longevity. 3. Can be extended with SDS extension sleeves in conjunction with impactor drill range marked.

SDS
DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (mm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (mm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

4.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.5 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 142

110 110 160 110 160 110 160 210 110 160 210 110 160 210 110 160 210 260 210 110 160 260 310 450 600 310 160 250 300 450 1000 150 250 450

34-006 34-010 34-110 34-011 34-111 34-012 34-112 34-210 34-013 34-113 34-212 34-014 34-114 34-214 34-016 34-116 34-216 34-318 34-218 34-020 34-120 34-320 34-380 34-420 34-520 34-382 34-124 34-324 34-384 34-424 34-586 34-126 34-326 34-426

SDS-40110 SDS-50110 SDS-50160 SDS-55110 SDS-55160 SDS-60110 SDS-60160 SDS-60210 SDS-65110 SDS-65160 SDS-65210 SDS-70110 SDS-70160 SDS-70210 SDS-80110 SDS-80160 SDS-80210 SDS-80260 SDS-90210 SDS-100110 SDS-10160 SDS-10260 SDS-10310 SDS-10450 SDS-10600 SDS-11310 SDS-12160 SDS-12250 SDS-12300 SDS-12450 SDS-121000 SDS-13150 SDS-13250 SDS-13450

14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 15.0 15.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 18.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 22.0 22.0 22.0 24.0 24.0 25.0 25.0 25.0 26.0

150 200 250 300 450 150 250 150 200 300 450 600 800 200 300 450 600 1000 200 450 600 1000 250 450 1000 250 450 250 450 600 450

34-128 34-230 34-328 34-388 34-428 34-130 34-330 34-132 34-232 34-390 34-432 34-532 34-538 34-236 34-392 34-436 34-536 34-592 34-240 34-440 34-540 34-594 34-344 34-442 34-596 34-348 34-448 34-350 34-450 34-550 34-452

SDS-14150 SDS-14200 SDS-14250 SDS-14300 SDS-14450 SDS-15150 SDS-15250 SDS-16150 SDS-16200 SDS-16300 SDS-16450 SDS-16600 SDS-16800 SDS-18200 SDS-18300 SDS-18450 SDS-18600 SDS-181000 SDS-20200 SDS-20450 SDS-20600 SDS-201000 SDS-22250 SDS-22450 SDS-221000 SDS-24250 SDS-24450 SDS-25260 SDS-25450 SDS-25600 SDS-26450

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

HSS METAL BITS


FOR METAL, WOOD, PLASTICS & PLASTERBOARD

Product Information

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e For accurate drilling in metal, wood, plasterboard and plastics.

DESCRIPTION High-speed steel drill bit for accurate drilling in metal, wood and other materials.

FEATURES 1. Milled, high speed steel for longer lasting performance. 2. Cutting performance to BS328 and DIN338 in metal. 3. Longer sizes available on request.

HSS Metal Bits


DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (mm) EFFECTIVE LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0

40 49 57 60 71 75 80 87 94 94 101 110 118 125 134 142 151 152

19 22 32 33 40 44 44 52 56 58 65 71 74 83 86 94 100 100

Tube of 2 Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single Single

36-003 36-004 36-005 36-006 36-007 36-008 36-009 36-010 36-011 36-012 36-013 36-014 36-016 36-018 36-020 36-022 36-024 36-026

HSS-B-15 HSS-B-20 HSS-B-25 HSS-B-30 HSS-B-35 HSS-B-40 HSS-B-45 HSS-B-50 HSS-B-55 HSS-B-60 HSS-B-65 HSS-B-70 HSS-B-80 HSS-B-90 HSS-B-10 HSS-B-11 HSS-B-12 HSS-B-13

Multiple packs available, please call Sales for more information.

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

143

FLAT/AUGER WOOD BITS


FOR PLASTERBOARD, HARD & SOFT WOODS

Product Information
Flat Wood Bits
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Designed for use with rotary action power drills. Ideal for hard or soft woods, chipboard etc. DESCRIPTION For rapid drilling of large diameter holes in wood. FEATURES Extension rods available for 16-32mm sizes to extend drilling depth by 260 mm each.

DIAMETER (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

EFFECTIVE LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

6.5 8.0 10.0 13.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 25.0 28.0 32.0 Extension

150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 300

110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 260

Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5 Pack of 5

70-013 70-016 70-020 70-026 70-028 70-032 70-036 70-040 70-044 70-050 70-056 70-064 70-200

FLB-0655/01 FLB-0805/01 FLB-1005/01 FLB-1305/01 FLB-1405/01 FLB-1605/01 FLB-1805/01 FLB-2005/01 FLB-2205/01 FLB-2505/01 FLB-2805/01 FLB-3205/01 FLB-ES

Product Information
Auger Wood Bits

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Precision drilling of deep holes.

DESCRIPTION For drilling in all types of wood.

FEATURES 1. Hardened, tempered carbon steel retains sharpness and edge. 2. Self-feeding screw pulls bit into wood for precise drilling. 3. Open throat & double twist design for rapid chip clearance.

DIAMETER (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

EFFECTIVE LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

NEW CODE

6.5 8.0 10.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 20.0 22.0 25.0 32.0 144 Technical Advisory Service Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 160

Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1 Tube of 1

72-013 72-016 72-020 72-022 72-026 72-032 72-040 72-044 72-050 72-064

AUB-065 AUB-080 AUB-100 AUB-110 AUB-130 AUB-160 AUB-200 AUB-220 AUB-250 AUB-320

FOR MILD STEEL, BRASS, CAST IRON, WOOD & PLASTICS

HOLE SAW

Product Information
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Suitable for cutting holes in mild steel, brass, cast iron, wood and plastics. e Compatible with all major hole saw and arbor brands. DESCRIPTION Diameters 16mm - 152mm. TIPS Please observe the recommended cutting speeds depending on material being cut. FEATURES 1. Well engineered base reduces vibration. 2. High speed steel bi-metal moulded to tough alloy body. 3. 4 to 6 variable pitch tooth design for faster cutting.

Hole Saw
DIAMETER EFFECTIVE LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

16 19 20 22 25 29 32 35 38 44 51 54 60 64 67 70 73 79 89 102 111 114 127 140 152

36 35 38 34 38 35 34 38 35 38 35 38 35 38 38 38 35 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38

Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box

of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

16-500 16-504 16-506 16-510 16-514 16-518 16-522 16-526 16-528 16-534 16-540 16-542 16-546 16-548 16-550 16-552 16-554 16-556 16-560 16-564 16-568 16-570 16-574 16-576 16-578

HSW-16 HSW-19 HSW-20 HSW-22 HSW-25 HSW-29 HSW-32 HSW-35 HSW-38 HSW-44 HSW-51 HSW-54 HSW-60 HSW-64 HSW-67 HSW-70 HSW-73 HSW-79 HSW-89 HSW-102 HSW-111 HSW-114 HSW-127 HSW-140 HSW-152

Arbors
ARBOR SIZE (mm)

FITS 16-29 mm
PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

FITS 32-152 mm
PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

QUANTITY

8 11 SDS Plus

16-600 16-606

HSW-08 HSW-14-SDS

16-602 16-608

HSW-011 HSW-32-SDS

Box of 1 Box of 1 Box of 1

Pilot Drills
DRILL LENGTH (mm) PRODUCT CODE NEW CODE

72.0 102.0 Technical Advisory Service

16-610 16-612

HSW-P-072 HSW-P-102 145

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

ELECTRIC SCREWDRIVER BIT


Product Information
PROPERTIES e General purpose use insert bits. e High abrasion resistance. e Made from steel S2 of hardness 56-62 HRC. e Milled bit tips in ACR SYSTEM.

25 mm Bits 1/4 Drive


DESIGN (mm) LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY BOX OUTER PRODUCT CODE DESIGN (mm) LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY BOX OUTER PRODUCT CODE

Philips 1 Philips 2 Philips 3

25 25 25

20 20 20

240 240 240

MN-15-301 MN-15-302 MN-15-303

5.0 x 0.8 6.5 x 1.2

25 25

20 20

240 240

MN-15-322 MN-15-324

DESIGN (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

Hex 4
DESIGN (mm) LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY BOX OUTER PRODUCT CODE

25

20

240

MN-15-334

Pozi 1 Pozi 2 Pozi 3

25 25 25

20 20 20

240 240 240

MN-15-311 MN-15-312 MN-15-313


DESIGN (mm) LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

Torx 30

25

20

240

MN-15-346

Sets
SET COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION OUTER QUANTITY (sets) PRODUCT CODE

5.0 x 0.8; 6.5 x 1.2; Philips 1; Philips 2; Pozi 1; Pozi 2; Magnetic bit holder Philips 0; Philips 1; Philips 2; Philips 3 Pozi 1; Pozi 2; Magnetic bit holder Philips 0; Philips 1; 2 x Philips 2; Philips 3 Philips 1; Philips 2; Philips 3; Pozi 1; Pozi 2 Philips 0; Philips 1; Philips 2; 5.0 x 0.8; 6.5 x 1.2 Hex 2; Hex 3; Hex 4; Hex 5; Hex 6 Torx 10; Torx 15; Torx 20; Torx 25; Torx 30

6+1 pcs

12

MN-15-501

6+1 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs 5 pcs

12 12 12 12 12 12

MN-15-502 MN-15-511 MN-15-512 MN-15-513 MN-15-514 MN-15-515

Tin Torsion 25 mm Bits 1/4 Drive


PROPERTIES e Flexible TIN TORSION zone absorbs torque moment strength. e Made from steel S2. e High abrasion resistance titanium nitride coating. e For use in industrial construction, for serial use. e Hardness 56-62 HRC.

DESIGN (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

DESIGN (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

Philips 2 146 Technical Advisory Service

25

20

240

N-15-402

Pozi 2

25

20

240

N-15-412

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

ELECTRIC SCREWDRIVER BIT


Product Information
50 mm Bits To 1/4 Drive
PROPERTIES e Suitable for all applications. e High abrasion resistance. e Made from steel S2 of hardness 56-62 HRC. e Milled bit tips in ACR system.

Single-sided

DESIGN (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

DESIGN (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

Philips 2

50

10

120

MN-15-391

Pozi 2

50

10

120

MN-15-381

Double Ended

DESIGN (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

DESIGN (mm)

LENGTH (mm)

QUANTITY BOX OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

Philips 1 / Philips 2

50

10

120

MN-15-351

Pozi 1 / Pozi 2

50

10

120

MN-15-352

Sets

SET COMPONENTS

DESCRIPTION

OUTER QUANTITY (sets)

PRODUCT CODE

Philips 1; Philips 2; Philips 3 Pozi 1; Pozi 2; Pozi 3

3 pcs 3 pcs

12 12

MN-15-521 MN-15-522

Product Information
Long Bits 1/4 Drive
PROPERTIES e Suitable for all applications. e High abrasion resistance. e Made from steel S2 of hardness 56-62 HRC. e Milled bit tips in ACR system.
DESIGN (mm) LENGTH (mm) QUANTITY BLISTER OUTER PRODUCT CODE

Philips 2 Philips 2 Philips 2 Philips 2 Philips 2 Technical Advisory Service

100 150 200 250 350

1 1 1 1 1

12 12 12 12 12

MN-15-393 MN-15-394 MN-15-395 MN-15-396 MN-15-398 147

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

HEX KEY SETS


Product Information
Hex Key Set
PROPERTIES e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Satin finish.

Hex Key Set


PROPERTIES e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Satin finish. e Ball hex configration on the long arm allows offset driving of hard to reach set screws (25 angle).

SET DESCRIPTION (mm)

No. OF PIECES

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

SET DESCRIPTION (mm)

No. OF PIECES

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0; 5.5, 6.0; 8.0; 10.0

10

10

MN-54-102

1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0; 6.0; 8.0; 10.0

9 pcs

10

MN-54-117

Hex Key Set


PROPERTIES e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Satin finish.

Hex Key Set


PROPERTIES e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Satin finish. e Ball hex configration on the long arm allows offset driving of hard to reach set screws (25 angle).

SET DESCRIPTION (mm)

No. OF PIECES

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

SET DESCRIPTION (mm)

No. OF PIECES

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0; 6.0; 8.0; 10.0

10

MN-54-121

1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0; 6.0; 8.0; 10.0

10

MN-54-119

Hex Key Set


PROPERTIES e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Satin finish. e Ball hex configration on the long arm allows offset driving of hard to reach set screws (25 angle).

HEX KEYS (mm)

DESCRIPTION OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

1.5; 2.0; 2.5; 3.0; 4.0; 5.0; 6.0; 8.0; 10.0 148 Technical Advisory Service Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

9 pcs

10

MN-54-120

TORX KEY SETS


Product Information
Torx Key Set
PROPERTIES e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Satin finish.

Torx Long Key Set


PROPERTIES e Forged chrome vanadium steel body. e Satin finish.

DESCRIPTION

No. OF PIECES

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

Torx10, Torx15, Torx20, Torx25, Torx30, Torx40, Torx45, Torx50

10

10

MN-54-106

DESCRIPTION

No. OF PIECES

OUTER QUANTITY

PRODUCT CODE

Torx10, Torx15, Torx20, Torx25, Torx30, Torx40, Torx45, Torx50

10 pcs

10

MN-54-116

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

149

CIRCULAR SAW/ JIGSAW BLADES


WOOD, PLYWOOD, CHIPBOARD

Circular Saw
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS e Used for cutting wood, plywood, chipboard & aluminium PROPERTIES e Tungsten carbide teeth. e Saw blade body made from high quality hardened steel 38-40 HRC. e Sharp cutting edges. e Ribbed heat vents allow blade to run cooler reducing distortion. e Sandblasted and polished surface with anti corrosion coating. e Reduction rings.

Circular Saw Blades


DESCRIPTION BLISTER QUANTITY PRODUCT CODE

150 x 20 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 150 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 160 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 180 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 180 x 20 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 184 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/40z GS15 184 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 190 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 190 x 16 x 2.4/1.6/24z GS15 200 x 30 x 2.4/1.6/30z GS15 216 x 30 x 2.4/1.8/48z 3GS-5/30 216 x 30 x 2.4/1.8/64z GA-5 230 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/34z GS15 235 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/34z GS15 250 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/40z GS15 250 x 30 x 2.8/1.8/60z GS15

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PS688-0150-0001 PS688-0150-0002 PS688-0160-0001 PS688-0180-0001 PS688-0180-0002 PS688-0184-0001 PS688-0184-0002 PS688-0190-0001 PS688-0190-0002 PS688-0200-0001 PS688-0216-0001 PS688-0216-0002 PS688-0230-0001 PS688-0235-0001 PS688-0250-0001 PS688-0250-0002

Jigsaw Blades
PROPERTIES e HCS carbon steel blades.

LENGTH (mm)

WORKING LENGTH (mm)

TOOTH DISTANCE (mm)

TIMBER

CHIPBOARD

PLASTIC

STRAIGTH CUTTING

MAX. CUTTING THICKNESS

COARSE CUTTING

QUICK CUTTING

THIN METAL SHEET < 1.5 mm

QUANTITY BLISTER OUTER

PRODUCT CODE

100 100 100 100 100

75 75 75 75 75

1 2 3 4 4

<1.5 mm <30 mm <60 mm <60 mm <60 mm

5 5 5 5 5

50 50 50 50 50

MN-65-151 MN-65-152 MN-65-153 MN-65-154 MN-65-160*

* specific inverted tooth geometry - for accurate sawing without jagging.

150

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

NOTES

Technical Advisory Service

e-mail: rawlinfo@rawlplug.co.uk OR rawltech@rawlplug.co.uk

151

NOTES

152

Technical Advisory Service

Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812 857, Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812 862

To ensure that we continue to meet the future requirements of the industry, Rawlplug has a policy of continuous product development supported by extensive design and test centre facilities. Rawlplug therefore reserves the right to modify product designs without prior notice. Rawlplug also reserves the right to modify information contained within this guide without notifying existing holders of the document. While this document gives guidance relating to the use and nature of the products and variety of applications, the ultimate responsibility for correct selection of a product for a specific application must lie with the customer. Rawlplug recommendations are made in good faith but do not constitute a guarantee.

Rawlplug Ltd
Skibo Drive Thornliebank Industrial Estate Glasgow G46 8JR, UK Sales Tel: +44 (0) 141 638 2255 Sales Fax: +44 (0) 141 273 2333 Export Sales Fax: +44 (0) 141 273 2336 Technical Tel: +44 (0) 1530 812857 Technical Fax: +44 (0) 1530 812862 Email: info@rawlplug.co.uk or technical@rawlplug.co.uk

Rawlplug Ireland Ltd


Unit 14, Park West Industrial Dublin 12, Ireland Tel: +353 (0) 1 629 8479 Fax: +353 (0) 1 623 7053

Rawl France Sarl


ZI Mitry-Compans BP 536 12-14 Rue Marc Seguin 77295 Mitry-Mory cedex, France Tel: +33 1 60 21 50 20 Fax: +33 1 64 67 19 84 e-mail: rawl@rawl.fr

Rawl Scandinavia AB
Lysingsvgen 18 593 53 Vstervik, Sweden Tel: +46 (0) 490 30660 Fax: +46 (0) 490 30670

Koelner-Rawlplug Middle East FZE


P.O. Box 261024 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai United Arab Emirates Tel: + 971 4 8839501 Fax: + 971 4 8839502 e-mail: dubai@rawlplug.co.uk Website: www.rawlplug.com
Rawl and Rawlplug are registered trade marks of RAWLPLUG Ltd.

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi